UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
[X]ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015
OR
 
[  ]TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from __________ to __________
 
 
Commission file number 0-13163
 
ACXIOM CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
   
DELAWARE
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation
or Organization)
71-0581897
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   
P.O. Box 8190, 601 E. Third Street,
Little Rock, Arkansas
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
72203
(Zip Code)
 
   
(501) 342-1000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
   
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
 
Title of each class
Name of each exchange
on which registered
Common Stock, $.10 Par Value
 
The NASDAQ Global Select Market
   
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
   
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
 
Yes [X]
No [ ]
 
   
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act.
 
Yes [ ]
No [X]
 
   
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
Yes [X]
No [ ]
 

 
 

 

 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
 
Yes [X]
No [ ]
 
   
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]
   
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer [X]
Accelerated filer [ ]
Non-accelerated filer [ ]
Smaller reporting company [ ]
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
 
Yes [ ]
No [X]
 
   
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing sale price of the registrant’s Common Stock, $.10 par value per share, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was approximately $1,053,448,815.  (For purposes of determination of the above stated amount only, all directors, executive officers and 10% or more shareholders of the registrant are presumed to be affiliates.)
 
The number of shares of Common Stock, $.10 par value per share, outstanding as of May 22, 2015, was 78,173,839.
 


 

 

                                                                                                                                

 Table of Contents      Page
 
     
Part I
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
Part II
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
Part III
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
Part IV
   
     
 
     
 
     
 

 

 


Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“2015 Proxy Statement”) of Acxiom Corporation (“Acxiom,” the “Company,” “we” or “us”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

PART I


Our website address is www.acxiom.com, where copies of documents which we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) may be obtained free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after being filed electronically.  Included among those documents are our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”).  Copies may also be obtained through the SEC’s EDGAR site, or by sending a written request for copies to Acxiom Investor Relations, 100 Redwood Shores Parkway, Redwood City, California  94065.  Copies of all of our SEC filings were available on our website during the past fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.  In addition, at the “Corporate Governance” section of our website, we have posted copies of our Corporate Governance Principles, the charters for the Audit/Finance, Compensation, Executive, Governance/Nominating, and Technology & Innovation Committees of the Board of Directors, the codes of ethics applicable to directors, financial personnel and all employees, and other information relating to the governance of the Company.  Although referenced herein, information contained on or connected to our corporate website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this report or any other filing we make with the SEC.

 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including, without limitation, the items set forth on pages F-3 – F-20 in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contains and may incorporate by reference certain statements that may be deemed to be “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended (the “PSLRA”), and that are intended to enjoy the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided by the PSLRA.   These statements, which are not statements of historical fact, may contain estimates, assumptions, projections and/or expectations regarding the Company’s financial position, results of operations, market position, product development, growth opportunities, economic conditions, and other similar forecasts and statements of expectation.  Forward-looking statements are often identified by words or phrases such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “foresee,” or the negative of these terms or other similar variations thereof.  These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to a number of factors and uncertainties that could cause the Company’s actual results and experiences to differ materially from the anticipated results and expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements.

 
Forward-looking statements may include but are not limited to the following:
 
·  
management’s expectations about the macro economy;
 
·  
statements containing a projection of revenues, income (loss), earnings (loss) per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure, or other financial items;
 
·  
statements of the plans and objectives of management for future operations, including, but not limited to, those statements contained under the heading “Acxiom’s Growth Strategy” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K;
 
·  
statements of future economic performance, including, but not limited to, those statements contained in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K;
 
·  
statements containing any assumptions underlying or relating to any of the above statements; and
 
·  
statements containing a projection or estimate.

 
4

 

Among the factors that may cause actual results and expectations to differ from anticipated results and expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements are the following:
 
·  
the risk factors described in Part I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report and those described from time to time in our future reports filed with the SEC;
 
·  
the possibility that in the event a change of control of the Company is sought that certain clients may attempt to invoke provisions in their contracts allowing for termination upon a change in control, which may result in a decline in revenue and profit;
 
·  
the possibility that the integration of acquired businesses may not be as successful as planned;
 
·  
the possibility that the fair value of certain of our assets may not be equal to the carrying value of those assets now or in future time periods;
 
·  
the possibility that sales cycles may lengthen;
 
·  
the possibility that we will not be able to properly motivate our sales force or other associates;
 
·  
the possibility that we may not be able to attract and retain qualified technical and leadership associates, or that we may lose key associates to other organizations;
 
·  
the possibility that we may be unable to quickly and seamlessly integrate our new executive officers;
 
·  
the possibility that we will not be able to continue to receive credit upon satisfactory terms and conditions;
 
·  
the possibility that competent, competitive products, technologies or services will be introduced into the marketplace by other companies;
 
·  
the possibility that there will be changes in consumer or business information industries and markets that negatively impact the Company;
 
·  
the possibility that we will not be able to protect proprietary information and technology or to obtain necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms;
 
·  
the possibility that there will be changes in the legislative, accounting, regulatory and consumer environments affecting our business, including but not limited to litigation, legislation, regulations and customs impairing our ability to collect, manage, aggregate and use data;
 
·  
the possibility that data suppliers might withdraw data from us, leading to our inability to provide certain products and services;
 
·  
the possibility that we may enter into short-term contracts which would affect the predictability of our revenues;
 
·  
the possibility that the amount of ad hoc, volume-based and project work will not be as expected;
 
·  
the possibility that we may experience a loss of data center capacity or interruption of telecommunication links or power sources;
 
·  
the possibility that we may experience failures or breaches of our network and data security systems, leading to potential adverse publicity, negative customer reaction, or liability to third parties;
 
·  
the possibility that our clients may cancel or modify their agreements with us;
 
·  
the possibility that we will not successfully complete customer contract requirements on time or meet the service levels specified in the contracts, which may result in contract penalties or lost revenue;
 
·  
the possibility that we experience processing errors which result in credits to customers, re-performance of services or payment of damages to customers; and
 
·  
general and global negative economic conditions.

 
5

 

With respect to the provision of products or services outside our primary base of operations in the United States, all of the above factors apply, along with the difficulty of doing business in numerous sovereign jurisdictions due to differences in scale, competition, culture, laws and regulations.

Other factors are detailed from time to time in periodic reports and registration statements filed with the SEC.  The Company believes that we have the product and technology offerings, facilities, associates and competitive and financial resources for continued business success, but future revenues, costs, margins and profits are all influenced by a number of factors, including those discussed above, all of which are inherently difficult to forecast.

In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements and such risks, uncertainties and assumptions speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the Company expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto, or any other change based on the occurrence of future events, the receipt of new information or otherwise, except to the extent otherwise required by law.


Item 1. Business

Founded in 1969 in Conway, Arkansas, Acxiom is a Delaware corporation.  Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ACXM.”  Acxiom is an enterprise data, analytics and software-as-a-service company.  For over 45 years, Acxiom has been an innovator in harnessing the powerful potential of data to strengthen connections between people, businesses and their partners.  We focus on creating better connections that enable better living for people and better results for the businesses who serve them.
 
We serve a global client base from locations in the United States, Europe, South America, and the Asia-Pacific region. Our client list includes many of the largest organizations in these regions across most major industry verticals, including but not limited to financial, insurance and investment services, automotive, retail, telecommunications, high tech, healthcare, travel, entertainment, non-profit, and government.
 
We excel in relationships with organizations that view the activation, management, and application of data as an integral component of their business decision-making processes.  We help these clients with and generate our revenue from the following business segments, aligned consistently with the Company’s long-term strategy.

·  
Marketing and Data Services is our largest business segment.  In this business, we help our clients: connect and analyze online, offline, customer and partner data to help organizations better know their customers; connect and personalize customer experiences – across channels and partners, and over time – to help organizations better engage their customers; connect partners via a “safe haven” (a privacy-compliant environment that allows advertisers and partners to responsibly shield sensitive information across multiple media channels); manage their audience distribution to optimize media spend and provide consumers with better experiences and access to the things that matter most to them.  This focus is grounded in our belief that better connections enable marketing that is more effective, drives greater customer value and improves margins.  The range of capabilities we provide includes: data sourcing; data activation via analytics, integration and enhancement; the building and managing of customer marketing databases; partner integration; providing a neutral connectivity platform to enable the use of first- and third-party data across more than 140 marketing platforms and the application of insights to the range of business applications that our clients value. Also included within Marketing and Data Services is the execution of e-mail and mobile marketing campaigns for our clients. Our offerings span technology, applications and tools, analytics and consulting.
 
 
·  
Our IT Infrastructure Management (“ITO”) segment provides mainframe, server hosting and cloud computing services. We have unique experience hosting complex, processing-intensive database environments and maintaining a highly secure IT environment.

 
6

 
Recent Developments

On May 20, 2015, the Company announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to sell its ITO business to Charlesbank Capital Partners and M/C Partners.  Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will receive $140 million in cash at closing, and up to $50 million in contingent payments subject to certain performance metrics.  In addition, the Company will receive a 5% retained profits interest in the divested entity, subject to a defined value over which the Company will participate in profits.  The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of fiscal 2016 ending September 30, 2015, following the satisfaction of regulatory requirements and other customary closing conditions.  The Company will report ITO as a component of discontinued operations beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.  The Company expects to report a gain on the sale.

The Company will use proceeds from the sale to pay down debt and to fund expansion of its share repurchase program.  As part of the revised program, the Company’s board of directors has increased its share repurchase program by $50 million.  Under the revised share repurchase program, the Company may now purchase up to $300 million of its common stock through the period ending December 31, 2016.  The Company has previously purchased $202.4 million of stock through the repurchase program, leaving remaining capacity of $97.6 million under the revised stock repurchase program.

The Company has also entered into an agreement to amend its credit agreement.  The effectiveness of the amendments contained in the agreement are conditioned on, among other things, the closing of the ITO disposition.  Once the ITO disposition is completed and the amendment becomes fully effective, certain financial covenants in the credit agreement will be modified for the fiscal quarters ending on September 30, 2015, December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016.  Additionally the Company will not be entitled to declare or pay any dividends during this time and share repurchases will be limited to no more than $100 million depending on the Company’s leverage ratio.  After March 31, 2016, the debt covenants and dividend and share repurchase limitations will return to the requirements in the credit agreement in effect prior to the amendment.  In addition, the amendment revises certain definitions in the credit agreement to clarify the effect of acquisitions and dispositions on certain financial covenants.


Market Growth Drivers

Empowered consumers have virtually unlimited choices and information creating new opportunities for engagement and value.  But today’s technologically advanced communications can be disruptive to consumers’ loyalty and brands’ profit margin performance. In response, we believe organizations need to develop and control insight about their customers. They need multidimensional insight – intelligence refined across all relevant data signals – and a neutral system for connecting online and offline data.

Looking forward, these global issues and challenges provide Acxiom with multiple growth opportunities:

·  
Big Data Challenges – Organizations will likely continue to struggle with the management, activation, retrieval and connection of data across customer engagement channels. Managing increasing data volume, velocity, veracity and variety is affecting all parts of the business world.
 
·  
Analytical & Consumer Insight Needs – In addition to managing the data, we believe organizations will be challenged by an increasing demand for business intelligence requiring marketers and business analysts to transform huge stores of structured and unstructured data into insight for operational decision making.
 
·  
Consumer Driven Engagement Model – Consumer empowerment is changing the way marketers engage and disrupting entire business and industry models. Technologies enable individuals to better choose, receive and reject information across all channels of communication, from search engines to blogs to social networking and addressable TV.
 
·  
Global – While the highest absolute advertising spend is in the U.S., we see higher projected growth rates in advertising spend in the other top ten markets.
 
 
7

 
·  
Partner Ecosystems – The classic agency interaction and media buying models are long gone. Collaboration across the lines of online and offline data, media options, insight, real-time decision making, recognition, consumer autonomy and privacy – done in a cohesive, efficient fashion – is a necessity for many businesses.
 
·  
Privacy & Compliance – Diligence in the areas of consumer privacy and security is and will continue to be paramount. Threats are increasing, and new demands are coming from government agencies and consumer advocacy groups across the world. These factors increase the liability every company faces when managing consumer data, thus driving the demand for data, insight and recognition services.
 
 
Acxiom’s Growth Strategy

While the terms “big data” and “data management platforms,” or “DMPs,” have recently become more common, for over 45 years Acxiom has been a thought leader and innovator in solving large-scale data problems and improving marketing results through high-performance, highly scalable, highly secured and privacy-compliant marketing solutions. Our growth strategy is focused upon:

1.  
Delivering Innovation – We are investing in product innovation that enables one-to-one marketing at scale with privacy compliance. In response to what we view as the market’s needs, we are investing in (a) improving the quality and usability of data, (b) transforming data into insights, and (c) a market leading connectivity platform which connects data across the marketing ecosystem. We believe these innovations are meaningful both to existing and new clients and partners.

2.  
Enabling Greater Results For Our Clients – We are committed to continuous improvement in client relationship-building, strong execution, and creating a steady stream of ideas that advance our clients’ business.

3.  
Building a Better Business – We are focused on operational excellence by improving tools, processes and resource allocation. We continue to refine our culture around “PACT” – Passion, Accountability, Creativity and Teamwork – in order to achieve a high performance organization.
 
4.  
Assessing Our Business Through a Portfolio Approach – We intend to continue to make our business segments operationally independent to further our goals of simplicity, efficiency and accountability.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include core capabilities to enable marketers to execute effective, data-driven decision-making:

·  
Multi-Channel Consumer Recognition – We use pioneering algorithms for identifying and managing offline consumer information; these elements are extended to provide a unified approach for reaching marketing audiences across digital channels, online communities, TV and mobile devices. We enable monetization and distribution for other third-party data providers.
 
·  
Extensive Market Tech and Ad Tech Connectivity – We support a large ecosystem of advertising publishers, marketing application vendors and marketing platforms, enabling data connectivity between a client’s audience and over 140 marketing platform destinations across the digital advertising ecosystem.

·  
Security and Privacy – Along with over 45 years of innovation in every important source and use of data for marketing, we have developed and applied an ethical use-based governance process.  This includes:

 
8

 
o  
The use of “safe haven,” a privacy-compliant environment that allows advertisers and partners to responsibly shield and appropriately govern information across multiple media channels
o  
Expertise in unifying datasets to connect the online and offline world
o  
The facilitation of information sharing between trusted partners in ways that protect consumers and form seamless bridges between traditional channels/media and constantly emerging ones
o  
The establishment of a Chief Privacy Officer role in 1991 – an industry first – whose sole focus is the protection and responsible use of consumer data

·  
Expertise in Big Data – We currently manage large datasets for leading marketing organizations around the world, executing more than 1 trillion global data transactions per week. This data includes both customer and prospect records, as well as core campaign and engagement logs used for measurement and analytics.

·  
Strong Client Relationships – We have deep relationships with many Fortune 100 companies and business-to-consumer marketing leaders in key industries, including financial services, retail, telecommunications, media, insurance, health care, automotive, technology, and travel and entertainment.
 
 
At a more granular level, our capabilities include:

·  
Data and Insight
o  
Multi-sourced insight into approximately 700 million consumers worldwide
o  
Demographics, life-stage segmentation, brand affinities, and purchase tendencies for nearly every adult consumer in the U.S.
o  
Core data services include recognition, hygiene, enhancement, and targeting

·  
Partner and Consumer Connections
o  
Over 140 publishers and market tech application partners
o  
Channel and media-neutral model focused on enabling best-of-breed innovative technology stacks for clients, allowing marketers,  regardless of the channel or media outlet they want to use, to upload their first-party data, augmented with our third-party data if desired, to reach their chosen audiences via multiple publisher partners
o  
High quality onboarding for audience data to help our clients reach and engage customers using a mix of proven, cutting-edge strategies that cross channel boundaries
o  
High quality recognition that extends over the partner ecosystem to enable and support closed loop measurement and channel attribution analysis

·  
Enterprise Marketing Services
o  
Includes marketing databases, measurement solutions, email and consulting
o  
Primarily serves largest consumer databases (over 10 million records) in financial services, retail, publishers, telecom, automotive
o  
Combines industry-appropriate data insights, specialized partner connections, and Acxiom data management to address key business challenges in multi-channel acquisition and targeting, customer data integration, closed loop measurement, and cross-channel attribution
o  
Uses real time data-as-a-service to enable dynamic application and web site content optimization for increased engagement
o  
Deploys high volume, high performance solutions, with billions of customer and prospect records under management and trillions of record updates every year. Solutions are created for customer management, prospect management, or analytic management, and are integrated with a client-specific environment for fulfillment, execution, and measurement.

·  
Managed IT Services for Mid-Market
o  
IT Infrastructure managed services
o  
Co-location services

 

 

·  
Strategy, Analytics and Cross-Channel Enablement
o  
Perform due diligence on all external sources of data, which includes data from hundreds of offline sources, as well as from thousands of websites per year
o  
Execute over 800 strategy and analytics projects per year


Privacy Considerations

The growth of the online advertising and e-commerce industries are converging, with consumers expecting a seamless experience across all channels, in real time.  This challenges marketing organizations to balance the deluge of data and demands of the consumer with responsible, privacy-compliant methods of managing data internally and with advertising technology intermediaries.

We have policies governing Acxiom’s use of data that we believe reflect leading best practices and actively promote a set of effective privacy guidelines for direct marketing via all channels of addressable media, e-commerce, risk management and information industries as a whole.  We are certified under the European Union Safe Harbor and contractually comply with other international data protection requirements to ensure the continued ability to process information across borders. We have a dedicated team in place to oversee our compliance with the privacy regulations that govern our business activities in the various countries in which we operate.

The U.S. Congress continues to debate privacy legislation, and there are many different types of privacy legislation pending at the state level. In all of the non-U.S. locations in which we do business, laws and regulations governing the collection and use of personal data either exist or are being contemplated.

We expect the trend of enacting and revising data protection laws to continue and that new and expanded privacy legislation in various forms will be implemented in the U.S. and in other countries around the globe.  We are supportive of legislation that enables the ethical use of data and codifies the current industry guidelines of meaningful transparency for the individual and appropriate choices regarding whether information related to that individual is shared with independent third parties for marketing purposes. We also support legislation requiring all custodians of sensitive information to deploy reasonable information security safeguards to protect that information.


Clients

Our client base consists primarily of Fortune 1000 companies and organizations in the financial services, insurance, information services, direct marketing, retail, consumer packaged goods, technology, automotive, healthcare, travel and communications industries as well as in non-profit and government sectors.  We seek to maintain long-term relationships with our clients, many of which typically operate under contracts with initial terms of at least two years.  We have historically experienced high retention rates among our clients.

Our ten largest clients represented approximately 38% of our revenue in fiscal year 2015 but no single client accounted for more than 10% of our revenues as a whole.


Sales and Marketing

The process of buying marketing services has become more complex and therefore requires a more collaborative decision process between client and provider.  As such, our approach to sales and marketing is strategy-led and client-intimate.  Utilizing a proprietary maturity model, we employ both a diagnostic approach, guided by gaps between a client’s current and desired state, and a prescriptive approach, focused on proven solutions and approaches to close those gaps.

Our sales teams focus on new business development across all markets – sales to new clients and sales of new lines of business to existing clients, as well as revenue growth within existing accounts.  We organize our client relationships around industry verticals, as we believe that understanding and speaking to the nuances of each industry is the most effective way to positively impact our clients’ businesses.

 
10

 
Our partner organization focuses on enabling key media partners, agencies and software providers who can help drive value for our clients or who benefit from using Acxiom for data, analytics and audience management.

The focus of our marketing efforts is to disseminate our thought leadership.  We do this by promoting topical points of view across multiple touch points and by fueling our sales efforts with prescriptive insights.


Research and Development

The Company has significantly increased the level of product investment in recent years.  Total engineering investment (research and development expense plus capitalization of software) was $38.9 million in fiscal 2015, compared to $48.1 million in fiscal 2014, and $31.6 million in fiscal 2013.  Management expects to maintain investment spending, primarily for engineering and product management labor, capitalized software and new data sources during fiscal 2016.


Business Segments

We report segment information consistent with the way we internally disaggregate our operations to assess performance and to allocate resources.  We regularly review our segments and the approach used by management to evaluate performance and allocate resources.

Prior to fiscal year 2015, our business segments consisted of Marketing and Data Services, IT Infrastructure Management, and Other Services.  The Other Services segment consisted solely of the Company’s UK fulfillment business, 2Touch.  In fiscal 2015 we completed the sale of 2Touch.  As a result, the 2Touch business is excluded from segment results and reported as discontinued operations.  The Marketing and Data Services segment includes our global lines of business for Customer Data Integration (CDI), Consumer Insight Solutions, Marketing Management Services (including the Audience Operating System and LiveRamp on-boarding services),  E-mail Fulfillment Services, and Consulting and Agency Services.  The IT Infrastructure Management segment develops and delivers IT outsourcing and transformational solutions.  As noted above under “Recent Developments,” on May 20, 2015, the Company announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to sell this business.

We evaluate performance of the segments based on revenue and income from operations, which excludes certain impairments and gains, losses and other items, as well as certain business separation and transformation expenses.  Information concerning the financial results of our fiscal year 2015 business segments is included in note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which are attached to this Annual Report as part of the Financial Supplement.

Financial information about geographic areas in which we operate, including revenues generated in foreign regions and long-lived assets located in foreign regions, is set forth in note 15, “Foreign Operations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is attached to this Annual Report as part of the Financial Supplement.


Competition

Maintaining technological competitiveness in our data products, processing functionality, software systems and services is key to our continued success. Our ability to continually improve our current processes and to develop and introduce new products and services is essential in order to maintain our competitive position and meet the increasingly sophisticated requirements of our clients. If we fail to do so, we could lose clients to current or future competitors, which could result in decreased revenues, net income and earnings per share.

Our industry has experienced a variety of business combinations. The possibility of the consolidation or merger of companies who might combine forces to provide multiple services to the marketplace in which we compete could result
 
 
11

 
in increased price competition for us which would negatively affect our business results. We currently compete against numerous providers in several separate market spaces. Since we offer a larger variety of services than many of our current competitors, we have been able to successfully compete against them. However, the dynamics of the marketplace could be significantly altered if some providers were to combine with each other to provide a wider variety of services.

Marketing and Data Services We believe that we are a global leader in marketing and data services. Our traditional competitors for data and marketing services have been database marketing services providers. We find that the competitive landscape is becoming more complex and now includes a range of players. Our primary competitors tend to be database marketing services providers, DMPs, data companies and data distributors. In-house IT departments provide a secondary source of competition for portions of our offerings. Other types of companies such as technology consultants, business process outsourcers, analytics consultants, and management consultants, participate to a lesser extent in portions of our market space.

Different types of competitors have different core competencies and assets that they bring to bear. We compete for both broad-based and specific solutions. Our competitors can vary depending on the type of solution we are competing for. Generally, competition is based on the quality and reliability of the offering, whether the strategy will deliver the desired business results for the client, historical success and market presence. Competition for more granular offerings is based on variables that are more specific. With regard to products in our core data services business, for example, we compete with two types of firms: data providers and list providers. Competition is based on the quality and comprehensiveness of the information provided, the ability to deliver the information in products and formats that our clients need, and, to a lesser extent, pricing.

Competition in our e-mail fulfillment business comes from a range of stand-alone email service providers as well as traditional marketing services providers with proprietary email platforms. Competition is based on a number of factors including complexity of email program, agency services requirements, quality and differentiation of the platform offering, desired integration with a client’s marketing database, price, and the client’s alignment with Acxiom’s strategy.

In local markets outside the United States, we face both global players as well as local market players. Local market players vary between those offering a range of services and those who may compete with Acxiom in more limited areas, such as for data products or data integration services. We continue to focus on levers to increase our competitiveness and believe that investing in the product and technology platform of our marketing and data services business is a key to our continued success. Further, we believe that enabling a broad partner ecosystem will help us to continue to provide competitive differentiation.

IT Infrastructure Management  In the IT Infrastructure Management market, we compete with managed IT and full-service cloud providers, where competition is grounded in technical expertise and innovation, financial stability, past experience with the provider, marketplace reputation, cultural fit, scale, quality and reliability of services, project management capabilities, processing environments and price.

The complexity and uncertainty regarding the development of new technologies affect our business greatly, as does the loss of market share through competition, or the extent and timing of market acceptance of innovative products and technology. We are also potentially affected by:

·  
Longer sales cycles for our solutions due to the nature of that technology as an enterprise-wide solution;

·  
The introduction of competent, competitive products or technologies by other companies;

·  
The ability to protect our proprietary information and technology or to obtain necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms; and

·  
The impact of changing legislative, judicial, accounting, regulatory, cultural and consumer environments in the geographies where our products and services are deployed.

Further discussion of factors that could affect our competitive position are discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” below.

 
12

 

Seasonality and Inflation

Historically, our marketing and data services business has experienced the lowest revenue in the first quarter of each fiscal year.  In order to minimize the impact of these fluctuations, we continue to pursue long-term contracts with more stable revenue.

Although we cannot accurately determine the amounts attributable to inflation, we are affected by inflation through increased costs of compensation and other operating expenses.  If inflation were to increase over the low levels of recent years, the impact in the short run would be to cause an increase in costs, which we would attempt to pass on to clients, although there is no assurance we would be able to do so.  Generally, the effects of inflation in recent years have been offset by technological advances, economies of scale and other operational efficiencies.


Pricing

Given the diverse nature of the markets and industries in which our clients operate, we deploy a number of pricing techniques designed to yield acceptable margins and returns on invested capital.  In our top-tier markets, a substantial portion of Acxiom’s revenue is generated from highly customized, outsourced solutions in which prices are dictated by the scope, complexity, nature of assets deployed and service levels required for the individual client engagements.  For mid-tier markets, Acxiom offers pre-packaged or standard solutions for which prices are driven by standard rates applied to the volumes and frequencies of client inputs and outputs.  Examples of Acxiom pricing techniques are value based recurring revenue models, transactional models, subscription or license models, and professional services models, among others.


Employees

Acxiom employs approximately 4,320 employees (associates) worldwide.  No U.S. associates are represented by a labor union or are the subject of a collective bargaining agreement.  To the best of management’s knowledge, approximately 15 associates are elected members of work councils or trade unions representing Acxiom associates in the European Union. Acxiom has never experienced a work stoppage, and we believe that our employee relations are good.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Acxiom’s executive officers, their current positions, ages and business experience are listed below.  They are elected by the board of directors annually or as necessary to fill vacancies or to fill new positions.  There are no family relationships among any of the officers or directors of the Company.
 
Scott E. Howe, age 47, joined the Company in 2011 as its Chief Executive Officer and President.  He currently serves on and chairs the Executive Committee of the Company’s board of directors.  Prior to joining Acxiom, he served as corporate vice president of Microsoft Advertising Business Group from 2007–2010.  In this role, he managed a multi-billion dollar business encompassing all emerging businesses related to online advertising, including search, display, ad networks, in-game, mobile, digital cable and a variety of enterprise software applications.  In 2010 he co-founded and served as interim CEO and president of King of the Web, Inc., a portfolio of online game shows.  Mr. Howe was employed from 1999–2007 as an executive and later as a corporate officer at aQuantive, Inc. where he managed three lines of business, including Avenue A|Razorfish (a leading Seattle-based global consultancy in digital marketing and technology), DRIVE Performance Media (now Microsoft Media Network), and Atlas International (an adserving technology now owned by Facebook).  Earlier in his career, he was with The Boston Consulting Group and Kidder, Peabody & Company, Inc.  He serves as a director of Blue Nile, Inc. (NASDAQ: NILE), a leading online retailer of diamonds and fine jewelry, and the Center for Medical Weight Loss.  He is also on the board of the Internet Advertising Bureau (IAB).  Mr. Howe served as a director of Geeknet (NASDAQ:  GKNT) from 2007–2010 and is a former director of Turn, Inc., a digital advertising company.   He is a magna cum laude graduate of Princeton University, where he earned a degree in economics, and he holds an MBA from Harvard University.
 
 
13

 
 
Warren C. Jenson, age 58, is the Company’s Chief Financial Officer & Executive Vice President.  He also serves as President of Acxiom International.  He joined Acxiom in 2012 and is responsible for all aspects of Acxiom’s financial management and the Company’s business operations outside the United States.  Prior to joining Acxiom, he served as COO at Silver Spring Networks, a successful start-up specializing in smart grid networking technology, where he had responsibility for the company’s service delivery, operations and manufacturing organizations.  From 2002 - 2008 he was CFO at Electronic Arts Inc., a leading global interactive entertainment software company.  He has more than 30 years of experience in operational finance and has been CFO of some of the most important success stories of the last two decades including Amazon.com, NBC and Electronic Arts.  In addition, he was twice designated one of the “Best CFOs in America” by Institutional Investor magazine, and he was also honored as Bay Area Venture CFO of the Year in 2010.  He also has significant experience in mergers, acquisitions and in the development and formulation of strategic partnerships.  His board experience includes Digital Globe (NYSE: DGI), Tapjoy, Intematix, California State Summer School of the Arts, and Marshall School of Business at the University of Southern California.  Mr. Jenson received both an undergraduate degree in Accounting and a Master of Accountancy from Brigham Young University.
 
Jerry C. Jones, age 59, is the Company’s Chief Ethics and Legal Officer, Executive Vice President & Assistant Secretary.  He joined Acxiom in 1999, oversees legal and privacy matters and assists in the strategy and execution of mergers and alliances and the Company’s strategic initiatives.  Prior to joining Acxiom, he was employed for 19 years as an attorney with the Rose Law Firm in Little Rock, Arkansas, representing a broad range of business interests.  He is a member of the board of directors of Agilysys, Inc. (NASDAQ: AGYS), a leading developer and marketer of proprietary enterprise software, services and solutions to the hospitality and retail industries, where he serves as chair of the Audit Committee and is a member of the Nominating and Governance Committee.  He also serves on the board of directors of Heifer International and on the University of Arkansas at Little Rock Board of Visitors, and is a co-founder of uhire U.S.  He is a Special Advisor to the Club de Madrid, an organization comprised of 93 former Presidents and Prime Ministers of 62 democratic countries.  He was a member of the board of directors of Entrust, Inc. until it was purchased by private investors in 2009 and is former chairman of the board of the Arkansas Virtual Academy.  Mr. Jones holds a juris doctorate degree and a bachelor’s degree in public administration from the University of Arkansas.

Richard E. Erwin, age 48, joined Acxiom in 2015 as President and General Manager of Acxiom’s Audience Solutions Division and is responsible for the strategy, growth and profitability of Acxiom’s industry-leading data products and services.  With over two decades in the traditional and digital marketing industries, he is a leading voice in the field of data-driven marketing and an outspoken advocate for its value in the global economy.  Prior to joining Acxiom, Mr. Erwin spent 10 years as President of the Consumer Insights and Targeting Division of Experian Marketing Services.  During his tenure, he led the turnaround and growth of seven legacy data and analytics businesses and established the company as a force in the digital marketing services industry.  Prior to Experian, he held numerous senior management roles in his 12-year career at RR Donnelley in that company’s Marketing Services Division.  He is a director of the Direct Marketing Association (DMA) and previously served as the DMA’s vice chairman and treasurer.  He also serves as a director for Chicago Youth Centers, Shedd Aquarium and RevSpring, Inc.  Mr. Erwin received a master’s degree in business administration from Northwestern University (Kellogg) and a bachelor’s degree in marketing from Michigan State University.
 
S. Travis May, age 27, is President and General Manager of Acxiom's Connectivity division. He is responsible for all aspects of the Connectivity line of business, which includes the LiveRamp Connect product suite. He joined Acxiom in 2014 through its acquisition of LiveRamp, Inc. and initially served as Senior Vice President of Products, overseeing all product management for Acxiom. Prior to joining Acxiom, Mr. May was Vice President at LiveRamp, where he led product, partnerships, and business operations from the company's early ideational stages through its acquisition. Prior to LiveRamp, Mr. May was co-founder and CEO of Campus Venture Network, Inc., a software-as-a-service platform for business plan competitions acquired by the Ewing M. Kauffman Foundation in 2009. He graduated with Phi Beta Kappa and magna cum laude honors with degrees in economics and mathematics from Harvard College.
 
 
14

 
Jennifer B. Compton, age 42, is the Company’s Senior Vice President – Human Resources.  Ms. Compton leads strategic planning and execution in all areas of human resources, including organizational development and effectiveness, talent acquisition, talent management and employee relations.  She joined Acxiom in 2000 as a corporate attorney for employment matters, having most recently served as Vice President of Human Resources and Director of Employment Compliance until her promotion to Senior Vice President – Human Resources in November 2012.  Before joining Acxiom, she was counsel for Fairfield Communities, Inc. in Little Rock, Arkansas, where she was responsible for regulatory and employment compliance.  Ms. Compton graduated summa cum laude with a bachelor’s degree in psychology from the University of Arkansas and with high honors from the University of Arkansas School of Law.  She is a licensed attorney in the state of Arkansas.



The risks described below could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of future operations.  

If the Company’s leadership is unsuccessful in implementing our business strategy or if our new investments and business initiatives are not successful, the Company’s financial condition could be adversely affected.

Since 2011, we have experienced significant changes in our executive leadership, including the appointment of Chief Executive Officer Scott Howe, Chief Financial Officer Warren Jenson, Chief Innovation and Technology Officer Phil Mui, Divisional President Richard Erwin, Divisional President Travis May, and former Chief Revenue Officer Nada Stirratt, who resigned from the Company effective March 31, 2015.  Under the Company’s executive leadership, we launched an aggressive growth strategy that includes, among other things, accelerated investment in product development, which began in fiscal 2013 and continued in fiscal 2015.  See “Item 1. Business” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Form 10-K.   These investments in product development, however, may not lead to increased revenue and profitability as we may not be successful in deploying our new products and services.   If the Company is not successful in creating value from these investments, the investments and lack of new product sales could have a negative impact on the Company’s operating results and financial condition.

Failure to keep up with rapidly changing technologies and marketing practices could cause our products and services to become less competitive or obsolete, which could result in loss of market share and decreased revenues and net income.

Advances in information technology are changing the way our clients use and purchase information products and services.  Maintaining the technological competitiveness of our data products, processing functionality, software systems and services is key to our continued success.  However, the complexity and uncertainty regarding the development of new technologies and the extent and timing of market acceptance of innovative products and services create difficulties in maintaining this competiveness.  Without the timely introduction of new products, services and enhancements, our products and services will become technologically or commercially obsolete over time, in which case our revenue and operating results would suffer.

Consumer needs and the business information industry as a whole are in a constant state of change.  For example, in recent years, we have seen a decline in the use of direct mail marketing and an increase in the use of alternative marketing channels such as online advertising.  Our ability to continually improve our current processes and products in response to changes in technology and to develop new products and services are essential in maintaining our competitive position, preserving our market share and meeting the increasingly sophisticated requirements of our clients.  If we fail to enhance our current products and services or fail to develop new products in light of emerging technologies and industry standards, we could lose clients to current or future competitors, which could result in impairment of our growth prospects, loss of market share and decreased revenues.

A significant breach of the confidentiality of the information we hold or of the security of our computer systems could be detrimental to our business, reputation and results of operations.

 
15

 
Our business requires the storage, transmission and utilization of personally identifiable data, much of which must be maintained on a confidential basis.  Although we have extensive physical and cyber security and associated procedures, our databases have in the past been and in the future may be subject to unauthorized access by third parties.  In recent years there has been an increasing number of high profile security breaches at other companies, and government agencies and security experts have warned about the growing risks of hackers, cyber criminals and other potential attacks targeting information technology systems.  Such third parties could attempt to gain entry to our systems for the purpose of stealing data or disrupting the systems.  We believe we have taken adequate measures to protect our systems from intrusion, but we cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, discovery of new vulnerabilities in our systems and attempts to exploit those vulnerabilities, physical system or facility break-ins and data thefts or other developments will not compromise or breach the technology protecting our systems and the information we possess.  Furthermore, we face increasing cyber security risks as we receive and collect data from new sources, such as social media, and as we and our customers continue to develop and operate in cloud-based information technology environments.    In the event that our protection efforts are unsuccessful and we experience an unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or the security of such information or our systems are compromised, we could suffer substantial harm.  Such a security breach could result in operation disruptions that impair our ability to meet our clients’ requirements, which could result in decreased revenues.  Also, our reputation could suffer irreparable harm, causing our current and prospective clients to reject our products and services in the future and deterring data suppliers from supplying us data.  Further, we could be forced to expend significant Company resources in response to a security breach, including repairing system damage, increasing cyber security protection costs by deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, and litigating and resolving legal claims, all of which could divert the attention of our management and key personnel away from our business operations.  In any event, a significant security breach could materially harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our customers, suppliers and other partners are primarily responsible for the security of their information technology environments, and we rely heavily on them and other third parties to supply clean data content and/or to utilize our products and services in a secure manner. All of these third parties also face risks relating to cyber security, which could disrupt their businesses and therefore materially impact ours. While we provide guidance and specific requirements in some cases, we do not directly control any of such parties’ cyber security operations, or the amount of investment they place in guarding against cyber security threats. Accordingly, we are subject to any flaw in or breaches to their systems, which could materially impact our business, operations and financial results.

Changes in legislative, judicial, regulatory, or cultural environments relating to information collection and use may limit our ability to collect and use data.  Such developments could cause revenues to decline, increase the cost and availability of data and adversely affect the demand for our products and services.

In the U.S., both Congress and the legislatures of various states have recently focused their attention on matters concerning the collection and use of consumer data.  Restrictions are often placed on the use of data upon the occurrence of unanticipated events that rapidly drive the adoption of legislation or regulation.  Restrictions could be placed upon the collection, management, aggregation and use of information, which could result in a material increase in the cost of collecting certain kinds of data.  In all of the non-U.S. locations in which we do business, legislation restricting the collection and use of personal data already exists or is presently contemplated.  For example, new data protection regulations currently being considered by the European Union (“EU”) legislative bodies propose more stringent operational requirements for entities processing personal information, such as stronger safeguards for data transfers to non-EU countries, reliance on express consent from data subjects (as opposed to assumed or implied consent), a right to require data processors to delete personal data, and stronger enforcement authorities and mechanisms.   In the U.S., non-sensitive data about a consumer is generally usable under current rules and regulations so long as the person does not affirmatively “opt-out” of the collection of such data.  In Europe the reverse is true.  If the European model were to be adopted in the U.S., less data would be available and the cost of data would be higher.  Decreased availability and increased costs of information could adversely affect our ability to meet our clients’ requirements and could result in decreased revenues.  

Unfavorable publicity and negative public perception about our industry could adversely affect our business and operating results.
 
With the growth of online advertising and e-commerce, there is increasing awareness and concern among the general public, privacy advocates, mainstream media, governmental bodies and others regarding marketing and privacy matters, particularly as they relate to individual privacy interests and the global reach of the online marketplace.   See “Item 1. Business – Privacy Considerations” in this Form 10-K.  Any unfavorable publicity or negative public
 
 
16

 
perception about us, our industry or even our competitors can affect our business and results of operations.  For example, in recent years, consumer advocates, mainstream media and elected officials have increasingly and publicly criticized the data and marketing industry for its collection, storage and use of personal data.  This public scrutiny may lead to general distrust of our industry, consumer reluctance to share and permit use of personal data and increased consumer opt-out rates, any of which could negatively influence, change or reduce our current and prospective clients’ demand for our products and services and adversely affect our business and operating results. 

Industry consolidations may increase competition for our products and services, which could negatively impact our financial condition and operating results.

We compete against numerous providers of products and services in several separate markets.  See “Item 1. Business - Competition” in this Form 10-K.   Since we offer a larger variety of products and services than many of these competitors, we have been able to successfully compete.  However, the dynamics of the marketplace would be significantly altered if several of these providers were to combine with each other to offer a wider variety of products and services that more directly compete with our portfolio of products and services. If our competitors were to combine forces to create a single-source provider of multiple products and services to the markets in which we compete, we could experience increased price competition, lower demand for our products and services, and loss of market share, each of which could negatively affect our operating results.

Significant system disruptions, loss of data center capacity or interruption of telecommunication links could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our business is heavily dependent upon highly complex data processing capability.  Our ability to protect our data centers against damage or interruption from fire, flood, tornadoes, power loss, telecommunications or equipment failure or other disasters and events beyond our control is critical to our continued success.  The online services we provide are dependent on links to telecommunication providers.  We believe we have taken reasonable precautions to protect our data centers and telecommunication links from events that could interrupt our operations.  Any damage to our data centers or any failure of our telecommunications links that causes loss of data center capacity or otherwise causes interruptions in our operations, however, could materially adversely affect our ability to quickly and effectively respond to our clients’ requirements, which could result in loss of their confidence, adversely impact our ability to attract new clients and force us to expend significant Company resources to repair the damage.  Such events could result in decreased revenues, net income, and earnings per share.

Each of our business segments is subject to substantial competition from a diverse group of competitors.  New products and pricing strategies introduced by these competitors in the markets where our products and services are offered could decrease our market share or cause us to lower our prices in a manner that reduces our operating margin and the profitability of our products.

Each of our business segments faces significant competition in all of its offerings and within each of its markets.  See “Item 1. Business - Competition” in this Form 10-K.   Our competitors for Marketing and Data Services include database marketing services providers, DMPs (Data Management Platforms), data companies and data distributors, some of whom may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing or other resources allocated to serving customers.  Other types of companies such as technology consultants, business process outsourcers, analytics consultants and management consultants participate to a lesser extent in portions of our market space.  Additionally, we compete with the in-house IT departments of some of our existing and prospective clients that have developed or are developing the in-house capacity to perform the services we provide.  Our competitors for IT Infrastructure management include managed IT and full-service cloud providers.  Maintaining technological competitiveness in our data products, processing functionality, software systems and services, continually improving our current processes, and developing and introducing new products and services are necessary to maintain our competitive position.  If we fail to do so, we could lose clients to current or future competitors, which could result in decreased revenues, net income and earnings per share.

 
17

 
The resources we allocate to each market in which we compete vary, as do the number and size of our competitors across these markets.  These competitors may be in a better position to develop new products and pricing strategies that more quickly and effectively respond to changes in customer requirements in these markets.  Some of our competitors may choose to sell products or services competitive to ours at lower prices by accepting lower margins and profitability, or may be able to sell products or services competitive to ours at lower prices given proprietary ownership of data, technical superiority or economies of scale.  Such introduction of competent, competitive products, pricing strategies or other technologies by our competitors that are superior to or that achieve greater market acceptance than our products and services could adversely affect our business.  In such event, we could experience a decline in market share and be forced to reduce our prices, resulting in lower profit margins for the Company.

Engagements with certain clients, particularly those with long-term, fixed price agreements, may prove to be more costly than anticipated, thereby adversely impacting future operating results.

The pricing and other terms of our client contracts, particularly our long-term IT Infrastructure management agreements, are based on estimates and assumptions we make at the time we enter into these contracts.  These estimates reflect our best judgments regarding the nature of the engagement and our expected costs to provide the contracted services and could differ from actual results.  Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of these engagements, including delays caused by factors outside our control, could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable, which would have an adverse effect on our profit margin.  Our exposure to this risk increases generally in proportion to the scope of the client contract and is higher in the early stages of such a contract.  In addition, a majority of our IT Infrastructure management contracts contain some fixed-price, incentive-based or other pricing terms that condition our fee on our ability to meet defined goals.  Our failure to meet a client’s expectations in any type of contract may result in an unprofitable engagement, which could adversely affect our operating results and result in future rejection of our products and services by current and prospective clients.

The failure to recruit and retain qualified personnel could hinder our ability to successfully manage our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and operating results.

Our growth strategy and future success depend in large part on our ability to attract and retain technical, client services, sales, consulting, research and development, marketing, administrative and management personnel. The complexity of our data products, processing functionality, software systems and services requires highly trained professionals.  While we presently have a sophisticated, dedicated and experienced team of associates who have a deep understanding of our business and in many cases have been with Acxiom for decades, the labor market for these individuals has historically been very competitive due to the limited number of people available with the necessary technical skills and understanding, compensation strategies, general economic conditions and various other factors.  As the business information and marketing industries continue to become more technologically advanced, we anticipate increased competition for qualified personnel.  The loss or prolonged absence of the services of highly trained personnel like the Company’s current team of associates, or the inability to recruit and retain additional, qualified associates, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or operating results. 

Additionally, in recent years we have experienced significant changes in our executive leadership, with turnover continuing in recent months with the resignation of the Company’s Chief Revenue Officer effective March 31, 2015, followed by the addition of two Divisional Presidents, Richard Erwin and Travis May, and the transition of Chief Innovation and Technology Officer Phil Mui’s previous job role as overall manager of the Company’s products and engineering functions to his current role, in which he is focused upon the development of specific innovation projects. Continuing or unexpected turnover in key leadership positions within the Company may adversely impact our ability to manage the Company efficiently and effectively, could be disruptive and distracting to management and may lead to additional departures of existing personnel, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial results and internal controls over financial reporting.

Processing errors or delays in completing service level requirements could result in loss of client confidence, harm to our reputation and negative financial consequences.

Processing errors, or significant errors and defects in our products, can be harmful to our business and result in increases in operating costs.  Such errors may result in the issuance of credits to clients, re-performance of work, payment
 
 
18

 
of damages, future rejection of our products and services by current and prospective clients and irreparable harm to our reputation.  Likewise, the failure to meet contractual service level requirements or to meet specified goals within contractual timeframes could result in monetary penalties or lost revenue.  Taken together, these issues could result in loss of revenue and decreases in profit margins as service and support costs increase.

Data suppliers may withdraw data that we have previously collected or withhold data from us in the future, leading to our inability to provide products and services to our clients which could lead to a decrease in revenue and loss of client confidence.

Much of the data that we use is either purchased or licensed from third-party data suppliers, and we are dependent upon our ability to obtain necessary data licenses on commercially reasonable terms.  We compile the remainder of the data that we use from public record sources.  We could suffer material adverse consequences if our data suppliers were to withhold their data from us, which could occur either because we fail to maintain sufficient relationships with the suppliers or if they decline to provide (or are prohibited from providing) such data to us due to legal, contractual, privacy, competition or other economic concerns.  For example, data suppliers could withhold their data from us if there is a competitive reason to do so, if we breach our contract with a supplier, if they are acquired by one of our competitors, if legislation is passed restricting the use of the data they provide, or if judicial interpretations are issued restricting use of such data.  Additionally, we could terminate relationships with our data suppliers if they fail to adhere to our data quality standards.  If a substantial number of data suppliers were to withdraw or withhold their data from us, our ability to provide products and services to our clients could be materially adversely impacted, which could result in decreased revenues, net income and earnings per share.

A failure in the integrity or a reduction in the quality of our data could harm our brand and result in a loss of revenue and an increase in legal claims.

The reliability of our solutions is dependent upon the integrity and quality of the data in our database.  A failure in the integrity of our database, whether inadvertently or through the actions of a third party, or a reduction in the quality of our data could harm us by exposing us to client or third-party claims or by causing a loss of client confidence in our solutions. We may experience an increase in risks to the integrity of our database and quality of our data as we move toward real-time, anonymous, consumer-powered data through our Enterprise Data Management Platform. We must continue to invest in our database to improve and maintain the quality, timeliness and coverage of the data if we are to maintain our competitive position and retain our clients’ confidence.  Failure to do so could result in significant harm to our reputation and growth prospects, as well as a loss of revenue.

The loss of a contract upon which we rely for a significant portion of our revenues could adversely affect our operating results.

Our ten largest clients represented approximately 38% of our revenue in fiscal year 2015, but no single client accounted for more than 10% of the revenues of the Company as a whole.  The loss of, or decrease in revenue from, any of our significant clients for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and operating results.

While a significant amount of our total revenue is currently derived from clients who have long-term contracts (defined as contracts with initial terms of two years or more), these contracts have been entered into at various times, and some of them are in the latter part of their terms and are approaching their originally scheduled expiration dates.  In addition, many of these contracts contain provisions allowing the client to terminate prior to the end of the term upon giving advance notice.  Even if renewed by these clients, the terms of the renewal contracts may not have a term as long as, or may otherwise be on terms less favorable than, the original contract.  Revenue from clients with long-term contracts is not necessarily “fixed” or guaranteed as portions of the revenue from these clients is volume-driven or project-related.  With respect to the portion of our business that is not under long-term contract, revenues are even less predictable and are almost completely volume-driven or project-related.  Therefore, we must engage in continual sales efforts to maintain revenue stability and future growth with all of our clients or our operating results will suffer.  If a significant client fails to renew a contract, or renews the contract on terms less favorable to us than before, our business could be negatively impacted if additional business were not obtained to replace or supplement that which was lost.

 
19

 
Acquisition and divestiture activities may disrupt our ongoing business and may involve increased expenses, and we may not realize the financial and strategic goals contemplated at the time of a transaction, all of which could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.

Historically, we have engaged in acquisitions to grow our business. To the extent we find suitable and attractive acquisition candidates and business opportunities in the future, we may continue to acquire other complementary businesses, products and technologies and enter into joint ventures or similar strategic relationships.  While we believe we will be able to successfully integrate newly acquired businesses into our existing operations, there is no certainty that future acquisitions or alliances will be consummated on acceptable terms or that we will be able to integrate successfully the services, content, products and personnel of any such transaction into our operations.  In addition, any future acquisitions, joint ventures or similar relationships may cause a disruption in our ongoing business and distract our management.  Further, we may be unable to realize the revenue improvements, cost savings and other intended benefits of any such transaction.  The occurrence of any of these events could result in decreased revenues, net income and earnings per share.
 
We have also divested assets in the past and may do so again in the future.  As with acquisitions, divestitures involve significant risks and uncertainties, such as:
 
·  
disruption of our ongoing business;
·  
reductions of our revenues or earnings per share;
·  
unanticipated liabilities, legal risks and costs;
·  
the potential loss of key personnel;
·  
distraction of management from our ongoing business; and
·  
impairment of relationships with employees and clients as a result of migrating a business to new owners.
 
Because acquisitions and divestitures are inherently risky, transactions we undertake may not be successful and may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our balance sheet includes significant amounts of goodwill, and we have experienced goodwill impairment charges in the past. The impairment of a significant portion of this asset would negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Goodwill is a significant portion of our total assets. Goodwill accounted for approximately 43% of the total assets on our balance sheet as of March 31, 2015. We may not realize the full carrying value of our goodwill. Goodwill is measured and tested for impairment on an annual basis in the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year and between annual tests if an event occurs or changes in circumstances suggest a potential decline in the fair value of goodwill. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator or change in circumstances relating to impairment has occurred. If testing indicates that impairment has occurred, we would be required to write off the impaired portion of goodwill, resulting in a charge to our earnings. An impairment of a significant portion of goodwill could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Our business is directly dependent upon and correlates closely to the marketing levels and ongoing business activities of our existing clients.  If material adverse developments in domestic and global economic and market conditions adversely affect our clients’ businesses, our business and results of operations could equally suffer.
 
We serve clients around the world from locations in the Asia-Pacific region, Europe, South America and the
United States. Our client list includes many of the largest organizations in these regions across most major industry verticals, including but not limited to financial, insurance and investment services, automotive, retail, telecommunications, high tech, healthcare, travel, entertainment, non-profit and government.  Our results of operations are affected directly by the level of business activity of our clients, which in turn is affected by the level of economic activity in the industries and markets that they serve.   Future widespread economic slowdowns in any of these markets, particularly in the United States, may negatively affect the businesses, purchasing decisions and
 
 
20

 
spending of our clients and prospective clients, which could result in reductions in our existing business as well as our new business development.  In the event of such widespread economic downturn, we will likely experience a reduction in current projects, longer sales cycles, deferral or delay of purchase commitments for our data products, processing functionality, software systems and services, and increased price competition, all of which could adversely affect our revenue and operating results.

Our operations outside the U.S. are subject to risks that may harm the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

During the last fiscal year, we received approximately 9% of our revenues from business outside the United States.  The cost of executing our business plan in non-U.S. locations is increasingly expensive.  In those non-U.S. locations where legislation restricting the collection and use of personal data currently exists, less data is available and at a much higher cost.  In some foreign markets, the types of products and services we offer have not been generally available and thus are not fully understood by prospective clients.  Upon entering these markets, we have to educate and condition the markets, increasing the cost and difficulty of successfully executing our business plan in these markets.  Additionally, each of our foreign locations is generally expected to fund its own operations and cash flows, although periodically funds may be loaned or invested from the U.S. to the foreign subsidiaries.  As a result of such loan or investment, exchange rate movements of foreign currencies may have an impact on our future costs of, or future cash flows from, foreign investments.  We have not entered into any foreign currency forward exchange contracts or other derivative instruments to hedge the effects of adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Additional risks inherent in our non-U.S. business activities generally include, among others, potentially longer accounts receivable payment cycles, the costs and difficulties of managing international operations, potentially adverse tax consequences, and greater difficulty enforcing intellectual property rights.  The various risks which are inherent in doing business in the U.S. are also generally applicable to doing business outside of the U.S., but such risks may be exaggerated by factors normally associated with international operations, such as differences in culture, laws and regulations, especially restrictions on collection, management, aggregation and use of information.  Failure to effectively manage the risks facing our non-U.S. business activities could materially adversely affect our operating results.

In addition, when operating in foreign jurisdictions, we must comply with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and other local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials, as well as anti-competition regulations. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, restrictions on our business conduct and on our ability to offer our products and services in one or more countries.  Such violations could also adversely affect our reputation with existing and prospective clients, which could negatively impact our operating results and growth prospects.

Our products and services have long and variable sales cycles due to their nature as enterprise-wide solutions.  Failure to accurately predict these sales cycles could impair our ability to forecast operating results, which could result in a decline in the market value of our stock.

When purchasing our products and services, our clients and prospects are often faced with a significant commitment of capital, the need to integrate new software and/or hardware platforms across multiple business units and other changes in company-wide operational procedures, all of which result in cautious deliberation and evaluation by prospective clients, longer sales cycles and delays in completing transactions.  Additional delays result from the significant up-front expenses and substantial time, effort and other resources necessary of our clients to implement our solutions.  For example, depending on the size of a prospective client’s business and its needs, a sales cycle can range from two weeks to nine months.   Because of these longer sales cycles, revenues and operating results may vary significantly from period to period.  As a result, it is often difficult to accurately forecast our revenues on a quarterly basis as it is not always possible for us to predict the quarter in which sales will actually be completed.  This difficulty in predicting revenue, combined with the revenue fluctuations we may experience from quarter to quarter, can adversely affect and cause substantial fluctuations in our stock price.

Third parties may claim that we are infringing their intellectual property and we could suffer significant litigation or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products or services. Additionally, third parties may infringe our intellectual property and we may suffer competitive injury or expend significant resources enforcing our rights.
 
 
21

 
As our business is focused on data-driven results and analytics, we rely heavily on proprietary information technology, processes and other protectable intellectual property rights.  From time to time, third parties may claim that one or more of our products or services infringe their intellectual property rights. We analyze and take action in response to such claims on a case-by-case basis. Any dispute or litigation regarding patents or other intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming due to the complexity of our technology and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation, which could divert the attention of our management and key personnel away from our business operations. A claim of intellectual property infringement could force us to enter into a costly or restrictive license agreement, which might not be available under acceptable terms or at all, or could subject us to significant damages or to an injunction against development and sale of certain of our products or services.

Our proprietary portfolio is comprised of various intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, database rights, source code, trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, confidentiality provisions and licensing arrangements.  The extent to which such rights can be protected varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. If we do not enforce our intellectual property rights vigorously and successfully, our competitive position may suffer which could harm our operating results.

Our brand and reputation are key assets and competitive strengths of our Company, and our business may be adversely affected if events occur that could cause us to be negatively perceived in the marketplace.

For over 45 years Acxiom has been a thought leader and innovator in solving large-scale data problems and improving marketing results through high-performance, highly scalable, highly secured and privacy-compliant marketing solutions, with a track record of building strong technology and being an innovator in the marketing services space.  Our brand and reputation earned over these years are key assets of the Company.  Our ability to attract and retain clients is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of our level of data quality, our ability to deliver consumer insights, our enterprise data management and analytical capabilities, the competence of our current associate team, and our ability to meet contractual service level requirements in a timely manner.  Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters could damage our reputation with prospective clients and the public generally. Adverse developments with respect to our industry may also, by association, negatively impact our reputation, or result in higher regulatory or legislative scrutiny. Any damage to our brand or reputation could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Failure to recover significant, up-front capital investments required by certain client contracts could be harmful to the Company’s financial condition and operating results.

Certain of our client contracts require significant investment in the early stages, which we expect to recover through billings over the life of the contract.  These contracts may involve the construction of new computer systems and communications networks or the development and deployment of new technologies.  Substantial performance risk exists in each contract with these characteristics, and some or all elements of service delivery under these contracts are dependent upon successful completion of the development, construction and deployment phases.  Failure to successfully meet our contractual requirements under these contracts over their life increases the possibility that we may not recover our capital investments in these contracts.  Failure to recover our capital investments could be detrimental to the profitability of the particular engagement as well as our operating results.

The decline in direct mail business could occur more rapidly than we are able to offset with new revenues from investments in new products and services, which could, in turn, negatively impact revenue, net income and profit margins. 

Postal rate increases are expected to continue.  As postal costs continue to rise, we expect to see increased pressure on direct mailers to leverage digital and other forms of online communication and to mail fewer pieces.  The concerns of direct mailers are further exacerbated by the on-going financial struggles of the United States Postal Service (“USPS”).  In recent years, the USPS has incurred significant financial losses and may, as a result, implement significant changes to the breadth or frequency of its mail delivery.  In 2011, the USPS announced its plan to cut billions of dollars in operating costs by 2015 in hopes of returning to profitability.   The proposed cuts have included, among other
 
 
22

 
things, consolidation of the USPS’ mail processing network and changes to the USPS’ service standards for market-dominant mail products.  The USPS has announced plans to close 82 distribution centers in 2015.  These ongoing changes are expected to increase mail processing time and slow delivery frequency, which in turn may decrease marketers and the general public’s willingness to continue to use traditional mail, which may negatively impact our direct mail clients and thus the Company’s revenue derived from our traditional direct marketing business.  Additionally, those in the traditional direct mail business, as well as the USPS, are under growing pressure to reduce their impact on the environment.  It is uncertain at this time what either marketers or the USPS will do to lessen their impact.  From a postal service perspective, the actions to be taken may involve changing certain aspects of mail service that would negatively affect direct marketers.  From a marketer’s perspective, such actions could have the same effect as increased rates, thereby causing them to mail fewer pieces, which may negatively impact the Company’s revenue derived from our traditional direct marketing business. 



Not applicable.

 
23 

 



Acxiom is headquartered in Little Rock, Arkansas with additional locations around the United States.  We also have operations in Europe, Asia-Pacific and South America.  In general, our facilities are in good condition, and we believe that they are adequate to meet our current needs.  The table below sets forth the location, form of ownership and general use of our principal properties currently being used by each business segment.

Location
Held
Use
Business Segment
United States:
 
     
Conway, Arkansas
Eleven facilities held in fee
 
Data center; office space
 
Marketing and Data Services, IT Infrastructure Management
 
Little Rock, Arkansas
Two buildings held in fee
Office space; data center
Marketing and Data Services, IT Infrastructure Management
 
Redwood City, California
 
Lease
 
Office space
Marketing and Data Services
San Francisco, California
 
Downers Grove, Illinois
 
Lease
 
 
Lease
Office space
 
 
Data center; office space
Marketing and Data Services
 
Marketing and Data Services, IT Infrastructure Management
 
New York, New York
 
Lease
Office space
Marketing and Data Services, IT Infrastructure Management
 
Nashville, Tennessee
 
 
Austin, Texas
Lease
 
 
Lease
Office space
 
 
Office space
Marketing and Data
Services
 
Marketing and Data Services
 

 
24 

 


 
Location
Held
Use
Business Segment
 
 
Europe:
 
     
London, England
 
Lease
Office space
Marketing and Data Services
 
Normanton, England
 
Lease
Data center; office space
Marketing and Data Services
 
Paris, France
Lease
Data center; office space
 
Marketing and Data Services
 
Frankfurt, Germany
Lease
Office space
 
Marketing and Data Services
 
Munich, Germany
Lease
Office space
 
Marketing and Data Services
 
Gdansk, Poland
Lease
Office space
 
Marketing and Data Services
 
Warsaw, Poland
Lease
Office space
 
Marketing and Data Services
 
 
Australia:
 
     
Sydney, Australia
Lease
Office space
Marketing and Data Services
 
 
China:
 
     
Shanghai, China
Lease
Office space
Marketing and Data Services
 
Nantong, China
Lease
Data center; office space
Marketing and Data Services
 
 
South America:
 
     
Sao Paulo, Brazil Lease Office space Marketing and Data Services
       

 

 
25 

 



The Company is involved in various claims and legal matters that arise in the ordinary course of the business.  None of these, however, are believed to be material in their nature or scope.  Listed below is a matter pending against the Company and one of its subsidiaries for which the potential exposure is considered material.  While the ultimate results of this matter cannot be determined, it is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

On August 16, 2012, a putative class action styled Henderson, et al. v. Acxiom Risk Mitigation, Inc., et al. was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia against the Company, Acxiom Information Security Systems, a former subsidiary of the Company that was sold to another company in fiscal 2012, and Acxiom Risk Mitigation, Inc. (now known as Acxiom Identity Solutions, LLC, a Colorado limited liability company), a subsidiary of the Company.  The action seeks to certify nationwide classes of persons who requested a consumer file from any Acxiom entity from 2007 forward; who were the subject of an Acxiom report sold to a third party that contained information not obtained directly from a governmental entity and who did not receive a timely copy of the report; who were the subject of an Acxiom report and about whom Acxiom adjudicated the hire/no hire decision on behalf of the employer; who, from 2010 forward,  disputed an Acxiom report and Acxiom did not complete the investigation within 30 days; or who, from 2007 forward, were the subject of an Acxiom report for which no permissible purpose existed. The complaint alleges various violations of the Fair Credit Reporting Act and seeks injunctive relief, an unspecified amount of statutory, compensatory and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. The parties have reached a settlement agreement and the Company has accrued $3.7 million as its estimate of its probable loss associated with this matter.  On April 21, 2015, the Court preliminarily approved the class action settlement.  A hearing on whether to grant final approval of the settlement is tentatively scheduled for July 29, 2015.  The Company believes the chances of additional loss are remote.



Not applicable.

 
26 

 


PART II


Market Information

The outstanding shares of Acxiom’s common stock are listed and traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ACXM.”  The following table reflects the range of high and low sales prices of Acxiom’s common stock as reported by NASDAQ for each quarter in fiscal 2015 and 2014.


Fiscal 2015
 
 
High
   
Low
 
Fourth Quarter
  $ 20.53     $ 17.72  
Third Quarter
    21.25       16.04  
Second Quarter
    22.32       16.53  
First Quarter
    35.74       20.30  


Fiscal 2014
 
 
High
   
Low
 
Fourth Quarter
  $ 39.30     $ 32.01  
Third Quarter
    38.71       28.29  
Second Quarter
    29.26       22.89  
First Quarter
    22.99       18.41  


Holders

As of May 22, 2015 the approximate number of record holders of the Company’s common stock was 2,155.

Dividends

The Company has not paid dividends on its common stock in the past two fiscal years.  The Board of Directors may consider paying dividends in the future but has no plans to pay dividends in the short term.

 
27 

 

Performance Graph

The graph below compares Acxiom Corporation's cumulative 5-year total shareholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index and the NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and in each index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from March 31, 2010 to March 31, 2015.
 
STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
                 
                 
                 
   
3/10
3/11
3/12
3/13
3/14
3/15
 
                 
Acxiom Corporation
 
100.00
79.98
81.82
113.70
191.70
103.05
 
NASDAQ Composite
 
100.00
116.88
132.91
143.55
188.17
219.78
 
NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing
 
100.00
110.50
125.59
129.15
181.52
202.84
 
                 
The performance graph and the related chart and text, are being furnished solely to accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of ours, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

 
28 

 

 

For information pertaining to selected financial data of Acxiom, refer to page F-2 of the Financial Supplement, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.



The information required by this item appears in the Financial Supplement at pages F-3 – F-20, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.



Acxiom’s earnings are affected by changes in short-term interest rates primarily as a result of its term loan agreement and its revolving credit agreement, which bear interest at a floating rate.  Acxiom currently uses an interest rate swap agreement to mitigate the interest rate risk on $50 million of its floating-rate debt.  Risk can be estimated by measuring the impact of a near-term adverse movement of one percentage point in short-term market interest rates.  If short-term market interest rates increase one percentage point during the next four quarters compared to the previous four quarters, there would be no material adverse impact on Acxiom’s results of operations.  Acxiom has no material future earnings or cash flow expenses from changes in interest rates related to its other long-term debt obligations, as substantially all of Acxiom’s remaining long-term debt instruments have fixed rates.  At both March 31, 2015 and 2014, the fair value of the Company’s fixed rate long-term obligations approximated carrying value.

Acxiom has a presence in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Poland, Australia, China and Brazil.  In general, each of the foreign locations is expected to fund its own operations and cash flows, although funds may be loaned or invested from the U.S. to the foreign subsidiaries.  Therefore, exchange rate movements of foreign currencies may have an impact on Acxiom’s future costs or on future cash flows from foreign investments.  Acxiom has not entered into any foreign currency forward exchange contracts or other derivative instruments to hedge the effects of adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.



The financial statements required by this item appear in the Financial Supplement at pp. F-24 – F-62, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.



Not applicable.


Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and President (our principal executive officer) and our Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President (our principal financial and accounting officer), evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined under Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).  Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial and accounting officer concluded that as of March 31, 2015, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 
29

 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management’s report on Acxiom’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), and the related report of Acxiom’s independent public accounting firm, are included in the Financial Supplement on pages F-21 and F-23, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


Not applicable.

 
30 

 


PART III


Please see the information concerning our executive officers contained in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” which is included there pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

The Acxiom Board of Directors has adopted codes of ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all other persons performing similar functions.  Copies of these codes of ethics are posted on Acxiom’s website at www.acxiom.com under the “About – Codes of Ethics” section of the site.  The remaining information required by this item appears under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in Acxiom's 2015 Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.



The information required by this item appears under the heading “Executive Compensation” in Acxiom's 2015 Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.



Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table contains information about our common stock which may be issued upon the exercise of options under our existing equity compensation plans as of the end of fiscal 2015 (March 31, 2015):

 
 
 
 
 
Plan category
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Number of securities
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
 
(a)
(b)
 
(c)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders
 
 
4,671,9401
 
$15.17
 
          3,219,299
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders
 
 
   221,1062
 
 13.74
 
 
               47,500
 
 
Total
 
4,893,046
 
$15.11
 
              3,266,799
   
1
This figure represents stock options issued under shareholder-approved stock option plans, of which 1,001 options were assumed in connection with our acquisition of Digital Impact, Inc. in 2006 and 1,055,710 options were assumed in connection with our acquisition of LiveRamp in fiscal 2015.
 
2
Issued pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Nonqualified Equity Compensation Plan described below, which does not require shareholder approval under the exception provided for in NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5635(c)(4).
 

 
31

 
Equity Compensation Plan Not Approved By Security Holders 
 
The Company adopted the 2011 Nonqualified Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation (the “2011 Plan”) for the purpose of making equity grants to induce new key executives to join the Company.  The awards that may be made under the 2011 Plan include stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSU awards, performance awards, or other stock unit awards.  In order to receive such an award, a person must be newly employed with the Company with the award being provided as an inducement material to their employment, provided the award is first properly approved by the board of directors or an independent committee of the board.  The board of directors and its compensation committee are the administrators of the 2011 Plan, and as such, determine all matters relating to awards granted under the 2011 Plan, including the eligible recipients, whether and to what extent awards are to be granted, the number of shares to be covered by each grant and the terms and conditions of the awards.  The 2011 Plan has not been approved by the Company’s shareholders.

The remaining information required by this item appears under the heading “Stock Ownership” in Acxiom's 2015 Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.



The information required by this item appears under the headings “Related-Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance - Board and Committee Matters” in Acxiom's 2015 Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item appears under the heading “Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accountant - Fees Billed for Services Rendered by Independent Auditor” in Acxiom's 2015 Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 
32 

 
PART IV
 

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

 
1. Financial Statements.

The following consolidated financial statements of the registrant and its subsidiaries included in the Financial Supplement and the Independent Auditors' Reports thereof are attached hereto. Page references are to page numbers in the Financial Supplement.
      Page
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm
   
 
F-22 - F-23
       
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2015 and 2014     F-24
       
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
   
 
 
F-25
       
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013
   
 
 
F-26
       
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
   
 
 
F-27
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
   
 
 
F-28 - F-29
       
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements     F-30 - F-62
       
   
 
2.  Financial Statement Schedules.

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
 
  3. Exhibits.  
   
The following exhibits are filed with this report or are incorporated by reference to previously filed material:
 
Exhibit No.

2.1   
Merger Agreement, dated May 12, 2014, by and among Acxiom Corporation, Big Sky Sub Acquisition, Inc., LiveRamp, Inc., and The Brenner Group (previously filed on May 14, 2014, as Exhibit 2.1 to Acxiom Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference)

2.2   
Contribution and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2015, by and among Aspen Holdco, Inc., Acxiom Corporation, Acxiom IT Outsourcing, Inc., Acxiom Limited, Aspen Hivedown Limited, Acxiom Global Service Center Polska sp. z.o.o., Acxiom Polska sp. z.o.o. w likwidacji, and Acxiom ITO Polska sp. z.o.o. (previously filed on May 20, 2015, as Exhibit 2.1 to Acxiom Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference)

3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (previously filed as Exhibit 3(i) to Acxiom Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1996, Commission File No. 0-13163, and incorporated herein by reference)

 
33

 
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws (previously filed on August 20, 2012, as Exhibit 3(a) to Acxiom Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.1
2005 Stock Purchase Plan of Acxiom Corporation (previously filed as Appendix B to Acxiom Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated June 24, 2005, Commission File No. 0-13163, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.2
First Amendment to the 2005 Stock Purchase Plan of Acxiom Corporation

10.3
Amended and Restated Key Associate Stock Option Plan of Acxiom Corporation (previously filed as Exhibit 10(e) to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, Commission File No. 0-13163, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.4
Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Acxiom Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.5
Acxiom Corporation U.K. Share Option Scheme (previously filed as Exhibit 10(f) to Acxiom Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, Commission File No. 0-13163, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.6
Amended and Restated 2010 Executive Cash Incentive Plan of Acxiom Corporation

10.7
Amended and Restated 2010 Executive Officer Severance Policy

10.8
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation
 
10.9
Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation

10.10
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation

10.11
2011 Nonqualified Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation (previously filed on July 27, 2011, as Exhibit 10.2 to Acxiom Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.12
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under the 2011 Nonqualified Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation (previously filed on July 27, 2011, as Exhibit 10.3 to Acxiom Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference)
 
10.13
Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement under the 2011 Nonqualified Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation (previously filed on July 27, 2011, as Exhibit 10.4 to Acxiom Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.14
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2011 Nonqualified Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation (previously filed on July 27, 2011, as Exhibit 10.5 to Acxiom Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference)
 
10.15
General Electric Capital Corporation Master Lease Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1999 (previously filed as Exhibit 10(m) to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001, Commission File No. 0-13163, and incorporated herein by reference)

 
34 

 

10. 16
Amendment to General Electric Capital Corporation Master Lease Agreement dated as of December 6, 2002 (previously filed as Exhibit 10 (j) to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003, Commission File No. 0-13163, and incorporated herein by reference)
 
10.17
Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 9, 2013, among Acxiom Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (previously filed on October 15, 2013, as Exhibit 10.1 to Acxiom Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.18  
Amendment No. 1 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, effective as of May 19, 2015, by and among Acxiom Corporation, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (previously filed on May 21, 2015, as Exhibit 10.1 to Acxiom Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.19
Assignment of Head Lease dated as of February 10, 2003, by and between Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association, as Owner Trustee under the AC Trust 2001-1 (“Assignor”) and Acxiom Corporation, assigning all of Assignor’s rights, title and interest in that certain Head Lease Agreement dated as of May 1, 2000, between the City of Little Rock, AR and Assignor, each relating to the lease of an office building in downtown Little Rock which was previously financed pursuant to a terminated synthetic real estate facility (previously filed as Exhibit 10 (l) to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003, Commission File No. 0-13163, and incorporated herein by reference) 

10.20
Employment Agreement by and between Acxiom Corporation and Scott E. Howe dated as of July 26, 2014 (previously filed on May 27, 2014 as Exhibit 10.1 to Acxiom Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.21
Employment Agreement by and between Acxiom Corporation and Warren C. Jenson dated as of March 27, 2015 (previously filed on March 27, 2015 as Exhibit 10.1 to Acxiom Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.22
Employment Offer Letter dated January 30, 2012, between Acxiom Corporation and Nada C. Stirratt (previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.23
Separation Agreement between Acxiom Corporation and Nada C. Stirratt effective March 31, 2015

10.24
Employment Offer Letter dated April 19, 2012, between Acxiom Corporation and Philip L. Mui (previously filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.25
Deferred Compensation Plan between Acxiom Corporation and Philip L. Mui dated as of March 31, 2014
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.26
Form of director indemnity agreement (previously filed as Exhibit 10(x) to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, Commission File No. 0-13163, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.27
Form of officer and director indemnity agreement (previously filed as Appendix C to Acxiom Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated January 22, 1987, Commission File No. 0-13163, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.28
Acxiom Corporation Non-Qualified Deferral Plan, amended and restated effective January 1, 2009  (previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference)

 
35

 
10.29
First Amendment to the Acxiom Corporation Non-Qualified Deferral Plan, effective July 1, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.30
Acxiom Corporation Non-Qualified Matching Contribution Plan, amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.29 to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.31
First Amendment to the Acxiom Corporation Non-Qualified Matching Contribution Plan, effective July 1, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.30 to Acxiom Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference)

10.32
LiveRamp, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Acxiom Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Commission File No. 333-197463, and incorporated herein by reference)

21
Subsidiaries of Acxiom Corporation

23
Consent of KPMG LLP

24
Powers of Attorney

31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101
The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2015 and 2014; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (v)  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; and (vi) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


 

 
36 

 
 


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


Date: May 27, 2015
By:
/s/Warren C. Jenson
 
 
Warren C. Jenson
Chief Financial Officer & Executive Vice President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

 
John L. Battelle*
Director
May 27, 2015
 
John L. Battelle

 
Timothy R. Cadogan*
Director
May 27, 2015
 
Timothy R. Cadogan
 
 
William T. Dillard II*
Director
May 27, 2015
 
William T. Dillard II
 
 
Richard P. Fox*
Director
May 27, 2015
 
Richard P. Fox
 
 
Jerry D. Gramaglia*
Director (Non-Executive Chairman of the Board)
May 27, 2015
 
Jerry D. Gramaglia
 
 
Ann Die Hasselmo*
Director
May 27, 2015
 
Ann Die Hasselmo
 
 
William J. Henderson*
Director
May 27, 2015
 
William J. Henderson
 
 
Scott E. Howe*
Director, CEO & President (principal executive officer)
May 27, 2015
 
Scott E. Howe
 
 
Clark M. Kokich*
Director
May 27, 2015
 
Clark M. Kokich

 
/s/Warren C. Jenson
Chief Financial Officer & Executive Vice President (principal financial and accounting officer)
May 27, 2015
 
Warren C. Jenson
 
*By:
/s/ Catherine L. Hughes
 
Catherine L. Hughes
Attorney-in-Fact

 
37 

 




 

Selected Financial Data
F-2
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
F-3
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
F-21
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-22
 
Annual Financial Statements:
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2015 and 2014
F-24
Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
F-25
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
F-26
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
F-27
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
F-28
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
F-30

F-1

 
 

 

ACXIOM CORPORATION
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(In thousands, except per share data)

Years ended March 31,
 
2015
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
Statement of operations data:
                             
Revenue
  $ 1,020,059     $ 1,062,278     $ 1,068,158     $ 1,101,517     $ 1,083,872  
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (9,147 )   $ 10,992     $ 55,825     $ 37,049     $ (33,632 )
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (1,884 )     (2,189 )     1,294       34,467       5,190  
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (11,031 )   $ 8,803     $ 57,119     $ 71,516     $ (28,442 )
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Acxiom
  $ (11,031 )   $ 8,863     $ 57,607     $ 77,263     $ (23,147 )
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                                       
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.15     $ 0.75     $ 0.47     $ (0.42 )
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )     0.02       0.43       0.06  
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.76     $ 0.90     $ (0.36 )
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Acxiom
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.77     $ 0.97     $ (0.29 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                                       
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.14     $ 0.73     $ 0.46     $ (0.42 )
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )     0.02       0.43       0.06  
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.75     $ 0.89     $ (0.36 )
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Acxiom
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.75     $ 0.96     $ (0.29 )
                                         
Acxiom has paid no cash dividends for any of the periods reported.
 
                                         
 
As of March 31,
    2015       2014       2013       2012       2011  
Balance sheet data:
                                       
Current assets
  $ 414,054     $ 665,525     $ 461,096     $ 472,005     $ 480,276  
Current liabilities
  $ 248,015     $ 249,469     $ 224,576     $ 256,401     $ 229,494  
Total assets
  $ 1,322,424     $ 1,323,301     $ 1,187,706     $ 1,232,777     $ 1,306,625  
Long-term debt, excluding current installments
  $ 254,539     $ 289,043     $ 237,400     $ 251,886     $ 394,260  
Total equity
  $ 703,257     $ 682,857     $ 619,368     $ 611,855     $ 591,033  

The selected financial data for the periods reported above has been derived from the consolidated financial statements and, unless otherwise indicated, reflect the Company’s continuing operations.  Refer to Note 4 – Discontinued Operations for additional information regarding discontinued operations.

This information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes contained in this report.  Previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the presentation in the current year.  The historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

Some earnings (loss) per share amounts may not add due to rounding.

F-2

 
 

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction and Overview

Acxiom Corporation (“we”, “us”, “our”, “Acxiom”, or “the Company”) is an enterprise data, analytics and software-as-a-service company. For over 45 years, Acxiom has been an innovator in harnessing the powerful potential of data to strengthen connections between people, businesses and their partners. We focus on creating better connections that enable better living for people and better results for the businesses who serve them.
 
Founded in 1969, Acxiom serves a global client base from locations in the United States, Europe, South America and the Asia-Pacific region.

During fiscal 2015, the Company completed the sale of its U.K. call center operation, 2Touch, to Parseq Ltd., a European business process outsourcing service provider.  The business qualified for treatment as discontinued operations during fiscal 2015.  Accordingly, the results of operations, cash flows, and the balance sheet amounts pertaining to 2Touch, for all periods reported, have been classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.  Unless otherwise indicated, we refer to captions such as revenues, earnings, and earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to the Company simply as “revenues”, “earnings”, and “earnings per share” throughout this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  Similarly, discussion of other matters in our consolidated financial statements relates to continuing operations unless otherwise indicated.

During fiscal 2015, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of LiveRamp, Inc. (“LiveRamp”), a leading service provider for onboarding customer data into digital marketing applications.  As a result of this transaction, LiveRamp is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.  The Company acquired LiveRamp to, among other things, provide clients with solutions for bringing offline customer data online with better matching, more connectivity, and faster onboarding.  The Company has included the financial results of LiveRamp in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.  LiveRamp is included in the Marketing and Data Services segment.  Under the terms of the merger agreement, the Company paid $265.7 million, net of cash acquired, in cash for all outstanding LiveRamp shares.  The purchase price for the acquisition also included certain replacement stock options issued to LiveRamp employees resulting in an acquisition date total fair value of consideration transferred for LiveRamp of approximately $272.7 million.

During fiscal 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of a 70% interest in GoDigital Tecnologia E Participacoes, Ltda. (“GoDigital”), a Brazilian marketing services business.  The interest that was not Acxiom-owned was reflected as noncontrolling interest in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  During fiscal 2014, the Company acquired the balance of the outstanding equity interests it did not already own in GoDigital.  As a result, GoDigital is now wholly owned by the Company.

Prior to fiscal 2015, the Company’s business segments consisted of Marketing and Data Services, IT Infrastructure Management, and Other Services.  The Other Services segment consisted solely of 2Touch.  As a result of the 2Touch disposal in the fiscal 2015, the 2Touch business unit is excluded from segment results and segregated as discontinued operations.  The Marketing and Data Services segment includes the Company’s global lines of business for Customer Data Integration (CDI), Consumer Insight Solutions, Marketing Management Services (including the Audience Operating System and LiveRamp on-boarding services), E-mail Fulfillment Services and Consulting and Agency Services.  The IT Infrastructure Management segment develops and delivers IT outsourcing and transformational solutions.  The results of all prior periods reported are adjusted to reflect segment reporting on a consistent basis.  The segment results do not include any inter-company transactions.  Additionally, items reported as impairment expense or gains, losses, and other items, net on the consolidated statement of operations as well as certain business separation and transformation expenses reported in selling, general and administrative costs are excluded from segment results.

A summary of the most recently completed fiscal year is presented below.
 
·  
Revenue was $1.020 billion, a 4.0% decrease from $1.062 billion in fiscal 2014.
 
·  
Total operating costs and expenses were $1,021 million compared to $1,012 million in fiscal 2014.
 
·  
Total operating costs and expenses in fiscal 2015 include $23.8 million of restructuring plan charges and adjustments recorded in gains, losses and other items, net, stock-based compensation expense of $28.9 million recorded in both cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expenses, intangible asset amortization expense of $11.4 million recorded in cost of revenue, and business separation and transformation expenses of $36.5 million recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.  Fiscal 2014 also included similar charges.
 
 
F-3

 
·  
Diluted loss per share from continuing operations was $0.12 compared to diluted earnings per share of $0.14 in fiscal 2014.
 
·  
Operating cash flow was $104.8 million compared to $163.2 million in fiscal 2014.
 
·  
The Company acquired $9.9 million of its stock as part of a stock repurchase program.

The summary above is intended to identify to the reader some of the more significant events and transactions of the Company during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.  However, this summary is not intended to be a full discussion of the Company’s 2015 fiscal year.  This summary should be read in conjunction with the following discussion of Results of Operations and Capital Resources and Liquidity and with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and footnotes accompanying this report.


F-4

 
 

 


Results of Operations

A summary of selected financial information for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2015 is presented below (dollars in millions, except per share amounts):
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
   
% Change
2015-2014
   
% Change
2014-2013
 
Revenues
  $ 1,020.1     $ 1,062.3     $ 1,068.2       (4 )%     (1 )%
Total operating costs and expenses
    1,020.7       1,011.8       967.2       1       5  
Income (loss) from operations
  $ (0.6 )   $ 50.5     $ 101.0       (101 )%     (50 )%
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Acxiom stockholders
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.14     $ 0.73       (185 )%     (81 )%

Revenues
The following table presents the Company’s revenue for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2015 (dollars in millions):
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
   
% Change
2015-2014
   
% Change
2014-2013
 
Revenues
                             
Marketing and Data Services
  $ 804.9     $ 805.2     $ 792.7       -       2 %
IT Infrastructure Management
    215.2       257.1       275.5       (16 )%     (7 )
Total revenues
  $ 1,020.1     $ 1,062.3     $ 1,068.2       (4 )%     (1 )%
                                         

Total revenue was $1,020.1 million in fiscal 2015, a $42.2 million decrease from fiscal 2014.  The revenue decrease resulted primarily from a $41.9 million decrease in the IT Infrastructure Management segment.

Total revenue was $1,062.3 million in fiscal 2014, a $5.9 million decrease from fiscal 2013.  Revenue in fiscal 2014 was impacted by a decrease in the IT Infrastructure Management segment of $18.4 million, partially offset by a $12.5 million increase in the Marketing and Data Services segment.

Marketing and Data Services (MDS) revenue remained flat in fiscal 2015 at $804.9 million.  On a geographic basis, International MDS revenue decreased $16.6 million, or 14.7%, and U.S. MDS revenue increased $16.3 million, or 2.4%.  The LiveRamp acquisition contributed $27.0 million to U.S. MDS revenue in fiscal 2015.  International revenue decreases were primarily in Europe (down $13.3 million), resulting from our recent restructuring and exit from the transactional data business, and in Australia (down $4.5 million), resulting from lower project revenue and new business.  In the U.S., decreases from volume reductions and lost business in the Information Intensive (down $7.1 million), Automotive (down $1.5 million), Media and Publishing (down $6.3 million), Communications (down $5.7 million), Financial Services (down $6.9 million) and Retail (down $5.3 million) industries were offset by increases in Technology (up $5.3 million) and Partner/Resellers (up $17.9 million) industries from new business and volume increases, as well as the LiveRamp acquisition ($27.0 million).

By lines of business, revenue increases in Marketing Management Services (up $25.4 million, or 7.1%) and E-mail and Agency Services (up $4.5 million, or 6.3%) were offset by revenue decreases in Consumer Insights Solutions (down $22.2 million or 10.3%) and CDI (down $6.5 million or 5.7%).  Consumer Insight Solutions was impacted by the restructuring in Europe and CDI was impacted by lower volumes in the U.S. Marketing Management revenue increases resulted from increasing gross media royalties and the LiveRamp acquisition.

MDS revenue increased $12.5 million, or 1.6%, to $805.2 million in fiscal 2014.  On a geographic basis, International MDS revenue decreased $1.2 million, or 1.1%, and U.S. MDS revenue increased $13.7 million, or 2.0%.  International MDS revenue decreased $2.4 million in Europe and Australia primarily due to decreased revenue volumes from existing customers and lost business, partially offset by revenue increases in China.  The increase in U.S. MDS revenue primarily resulted from increases in business activity in the Financial Services (up $6.4 million), Retail (up $8.3 million), and Technology (up $5.8 million) industries, partially offset by volume and project revenue decreases in the Information Management and Automotive industries.

 
F-5

 
By lines of business, MDS revenue increases in fiscal 2014 in Marketing Management Services (up $25.6 million, or 7.6%) and Consulting (up $0.7 million, or 1.6%) were partially offset by decreases in CDI (down $8.3 million, or 6.8%) and E-mail Fulfillment and Agency Services (down $5.0 million, or 6.6%).  The CDI revenue decrease primarily resulted from lower project revenue in the U.S., Brazil, and Australia.  The E-mail Fulfillment and Agency Services revenue decrease primarily resulted from lost business.  The increase in Marketing Management resulted primarily from revenue increases from existing customers and new business that was closed in fiscal 2013.  Marketing Management also benefitted from hardware sales and contract termination fees of approximately $7.5 million.

IT Infrastructure Management (IM) revenue decreased $41.9 million, or 16.3%, to $215.2 million in fiscal 2015.  The decrease primarily resulted from the $55.1 million revenue impact of contract losses during fiscal 2014.  The decrease was partially offset by higher project revenue from existing customers and new business.

IM revenue decreased $18.4 million, or 6.7%, to $257.1 million in fiscal 2014.  The IM revenue decrease primarily resulted from decreases in project revenue from existing customers and contract losses.  The decrease was partially offset by $6.0 million of contract termination fees.

During fiscal 2014, the Company received notices of termination from five existing customers in the IM segment.  The Company recorded revenue of  approximately $12 million and $69 million, including termination fees, in fiscal years 2015 and 2014, respectively from these customers as their services wound down.

Operating Costs and Expenses
The following table presents the Company’s operating costs and expenses for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2015 (dollars in millions):
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
   
% Change
2015-2014
   
% Change
2014-2013
 
Cost of revenue
  $ 807.5     $ 795.5     $ 811.4       2 %     (2 )%
Selling, general and administrative
    188.6       169.4       154.0       11       10  
Impairment of goodwill and other assets
    -       25.0       -       (100 )     100  
Gains, losses and other items, net
    24.6       21.9       1.8       12       1,152  
Total operating costs and expenses
  $ 1,020.7     $ 1,011.8     $ 967.2       1 %     5 %

Cost of revenue increased 1.5%, or $12.0 million, to $807.5 million in fiscal 2015.  The primary reasons for the increase were accelerated software amortization of $4.3 million in fiscal 2015 related to the integration of LiveRamp and the Audience Operating System, acquired intangible asset amortization of $11.4 million in fiscal 2015 compared to $0.3 million in fiscal 2014, and an increase in non-cash share-based compensation expense of $14.0 million, both of which increased as a result of the LiveRamp acquisition.  All other cost of revenue decreased approximately $12.7 million.  Gross margins decreased from 25.1% to 20.8%.  U.S. gross margins decreased from 25.4% to 21.1%, and International gross margins decreased from 22.6% to 18.2%.  U.S. margins were impacted by declining IM margins as a result of contract terminations.  International margins were impacted by declines in Australia and Brazil.

Cost of revenue decreased 2.0%, or $15.9 million, to $795.5 million in fiscal 2014.  Gross margins increased from 24.0% in fiscal 2013 to 25.1% in fiscal 2014.  Gross margins were impacted by the positive impact of IM termination fee revenue.  U.S. gross margins increased from 24.5% to 25.4% and International gross margins increased from 20.4% to 22.6%.  U.S. MDS gross margins decreased approximately 160 basis points from the impact of increased data and engineering investment spending that was partially offset by improved efficiencies.

Selling, general and administrative (SGA) expense was $188.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2015 representing a $19.2 million, or 11.3%, increase over the prior fiscal year.  Fiscal 2015 included $36.5 million of expenses related to the separation of the MDS and IM businesses and business transformation costs compared to $14.0 million of similar costs in fiscal 2014.  In addition, the non-cash share-based compensation expense component of SGA increased $5.8 million.  These increases were partially offset by lower sales and marketing expenses from cost reduction efforts and decreased incentive compensation expense.

SGA expense  was $169.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2014 representing a $15.4 million, or 10.0%, increase over the prior year.  Fiscal 2014 included $14.0 million of expenses related to separating the MDS and IM businesses.  The remaining increase primarily results from higher facility costs and other consulting expenses.

The Company continues to execute its plans to create operating independence between its operating segments and to transform the way business is conducted in the future.  As the Company executes these plans, it is likely to continue to incur incremental outside consulting and other third-party expenses.

 
F-6

 
Impairment of goodwill and other assets was $25.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2014.  During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, triggering events occurred which required the Company to test the recoverability of the goodwill associated with its European Marketing and Data Services reporting unit.  The triggering event was the initiation of a restructuring of the European Marketing and Data Services unit. In addition to testing goodwill, the Company also tested certain other long-lived assets in those units for impairment.  The results of the two-step test indicated complete impairment of the goodwill as well as impairment for certain other long-lived assets.  The amount of impairment for the European Marketing and Data Services unit was $25.0 million, of which $20.3 million was goodwill and $4.6 million related to data assets.

Gains, losses and other items, net for each of the years presented are as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Restructuring plan charges and adjustments
  $ 23,794     $ 17,712     $ 2,635  
Legal contingencies
    -       4,202       -  
LiveRamp acquisition-related costs
    820       -       -  
Other
    19       -       (884 )
    $ 24,633     $ 21,914     $ 1,751  

Gains, losses and other items, net was $24.6 million in fiscal 2015.  The Company recorded a total of $23.8 million in restructuring charges and adjustments which included $13.8 million of severance and other charges related to the termination of associates in the United States, Australia, China, and Europe, lease accruals of $8.1 million and the write-off of leasehold improvements of $2.0 million.  The Company also recorded LiveRamp transaction costs of $0.8 million.

Gains, losses and other items, net was $21.9 million in fiscal 2014.  The Company recorded a total of $17.7 million in restructuring charges and adjustments which included $13.9 million of severance and other charges related to the termination of associates in the United States, Australia, China, and Europe and lease accruals of $3.8 million. The Company also recorded loss contingency accruals and charges of $4.2 million.

Gains, losses and other items, net was $1.8 million in fiscal 2013.  The Company recorded a total of $2.6 million in restructuring charges and adjustments which included severance and other associate-related costs of $2.6 million and lease accruals of $0.1 million.

The following table summarizes the balances that were accrued for restructuring plans discussed above, as well as the changes in those balances during the years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

   
Reserves included in other accrued expenses and other liabilities:
 
   
Associate-related reserves
   
Lease
accruals
   
Total
 
March 31, 2012
  $ 9,597     $ 11,049     $ 20,646  
Restructuring charges and adjustments
    2,577       58       2,635  
Payments
    (8,485 )     (2,086 )     (10,571 )
March 31, 2013
  $ 3,689     $ 9,021     $ 12,710  
Restructuring charges and adjustments
    13,916       3,796       17,712  
Payments
    (11,063 )     (2,600 )     (13,663 )
March 31, 2014
  $ 6,542     $ 10,217     $ 16,759  
Restructuring charges and adjustments
    13,757       8,061       21,818  
Payments
    (13,088 )     (4,628 )     (17,716 )
March 31, 2015
  $ 7,211     $ 13,650     $ 20,861  
                         


F-7

 
 

 


Operating Profit and Profit Margins
The following table presents the Company’s income (loss) from operations and operating profit margin by segment for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands):

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Operating profit and profit margin:
                 
Marketing and Data Services
  $ 46,728     $ 78,500     $ 73,696  
      5.8 %     9.7 %     9.3 %
                         
IT Infrastructure Management
  $ 18,105     $ 32,847     $ 29,330  
      8.4 %     12.8 %     10.6 %
                         
Corporate
  $ (65,437 )   $ (60,874 )   $ (2,010 )
                         
Total income (loss) from operations
  $ (604 )   $ 50,473     $ 101,016  
Total operating profit margin
    (0.1 )%     4.8 %     9.5 %

MDS income from operations was $46.7 million, a 5.8% margin, in fiscal 2015 compared to $78.5 million, a 9.7% margin, in fiscal 2014.  The primary reason for the decrease was an increase in acquired intangible asset amortization of $11.4 million compared to $0.3 million in fiscal 2014 and non-cash share-based compensation expense of $26.9 million compared to $10.7 million in fiscal 2014.  Margins in the U.S. decreased from 11.3% to 7.3% for the same reasons.  The remaining U.S. margin decrease primarily resulted from on-going investment initiatives that were partially offset by cost reductions.  International MDS losses were approximately $5.0 million in fiscal 2015 compared to breakeven levels in fiscal 2014.  Performance improvements in China were offset by increasing losses in Europe, Brazil and Australia.

MDS income from operations was $78.5 million, a 9.7% margin, in fiscal 2014 compared to $73.7 million, a 9.3% margin in fiscal 2013.  Margins in the U.S. were approximately 11.3% in both periods.  International operating income improved to breakeven from a loss of $3.4 million in fiscal 2013. International operating improvements primarily resulted from improvements in Brazil, Australia, and China that were partially offset by increased losses in Europe.

IM income from operations was $18.1 million, an 8.4% margin, in fiscal 2015 compared to $32.8 million, a 12.8% margin, in fiscal 2014 and $29.3 million, a 10.6% margin, in fiscal 2013.  Margins in 2015 were impacted by revenue decreases resulting from contract losses in prior years.  IM margins benefited from termination fee revenue in fiscal 2014.

Corporate loss from operations was $65.4 million, $60.9 million, and $2.0 million in fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.   The losses for each period consist of items reported as impairment of goodwill and other assets, gains, losses and other items, net, business separation and transformation expenses included in selling, general and administrative expense, and accelerated software amortization included in cost of revenue on the consolidated statements of operations.

Other Income (Expense), Income Taxes and Other Items
Interest expense was $10.1 million in fiscal 2015, a decrease of $1.6 million from $11.7 million in fiscal 2014.  The decrease primarily results from lower interest on capital leases and other borrowings.  Interest expense on the Company’s term loan decreased from the prior fiscal year.  As a result of the Company refinancing its debt facility in fiscal 2014, the average term loan balance increased approximately $30 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 and the average interest rate decreased approximately 90 basis points.

Interest expense was $11.7 million in fiscal 2014, a decrease of $1.0 million from $12.7 million in fiscal 2013.  The decrease primarily results from lower interest on capital leases and other borrowings.  Interest expense on the Company’s term loan remained flat compared to the prior fiscal year.  During fiscal 2014, the Company refinanced its debt facility and as a result, the average term loan balance increased approximately $34 million in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 and the average interest rate decreased approximately 60 basis points.

Other expense was $1.3 million in fiscal 2015 compared to other income of $1.8 million in fiscal 2014 and $0.2 million in fiscal 2013.  Other, net primarily consists of foreign currency transaction gains and losses, and interest and investment income.  In addition, during fiscal 2014, the Company recorded a $2.6 million gain from its investment in a real estate joint venture and $0.7 million in accelerated deferred debt costs as a result of refinancing its term loan agreement.

The fiscal 2015 effective tax rate was 23.6%.  Fiscal 2015 included a net $3.1 million income tax benefit principally related to new state research and development tax credits which were partially offset by other state deferred tax activity.  In addition, the Company recorded a $2.3 million tax expense impact resulting from non-deductible incentive stock options issued in connection with the LiveRamp acquisition.

The fiscal 2014 effective tax rate was 72.9% compared to 36.9% in fiscal 2013.  Fiscal 2014 income taxes included $7.6 million of expense related to increasing valuation allowances for net operating loss carryforwards and deferred tax
 
 
F-8

 
 
assets in France and the UK, offset by a $3.1 million income tax reserve adjustment resulting from expiration of certain statutes of limitations.  The fiscal 2014 effective tax rate was also negatively impacted by the impairment charges for goodwill, which have no tax benefit.

All three fiscal period tax rates were impacted by losses in foreign jurisdictions.  The Company does not record the tax benefit of certain of those losses due to uncertainty of future benefit.

Losses attributable to noncontrolling interest include the noncontrolling interest in the Company’s Brazilian subsidiary.  During fiscal 2014, the Company acquired the remaining noncontrolling interest in Acxiom Brazil.

Discontinued operations
In fiscal 2015, the Company completed the sale of its U.K. call center operation, 2Touch.  As a result, the 2Touch business qualified for treatment as discontinued operations.  The results of operations, cash flows, and the balance sheet amounts pertaining to 2Touch have been classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

Summary results of operations of the 2Touch business unit for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are segregated and included in earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and are as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Revenues
  $ 8,484     $ 35,267     $ 31,201  
                         
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
  $ 4     $ (2,189 )   $ 1,703  
Loss on sale of discontinued operations before income taxes
    (1,888 )     -       -  
Income taxes
    -       -       (409 )
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ (1,884 )   $ (2,189 )   $ 1,294  
                         

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Working Capital and Cash Flow
Working capital decreased $250.1 million to $166.0 million at March 31, 2015 compared to $416.1 million at March 31, 2014.  Total current assets decreased $251.5 million, resulting primarily from a $277.6 million decrease in cash.  In fiscal 2015, the Company paid $265.7 million, net of cash acquired, for all outstanding shares of LiveRamp.  Current liabilities decreased $1.5 million.

The Company’s cash is primarily located in the United States.  Approximately $11.2 million of the total cash balance of $141.0 million, or approximately 7.9%, is located outside of the United States.  The Company has no current plans to repatriate this cash to the United States.

Cash provided by operating activities was $104.8 million in fiscal 2015 compared to $163.2 million and $147.4 million in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The $58.4 million decrease in fiscal 2015 primarily results from lower net earnings related to increased business separation, transformation, and restructuring costs and the impact of unfavorable working capital changes.  The $15.9 million increase in fiscal 2014 primarily resulted from positive changes in working capital, including a $35.8 million decrease in income tax payments, partially offset by lower earnings.


F-9

 
 

 


Accounts receivable days sales outstanding was 57 and 54 days at March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and is calculated as follows (dollars in thousands):
   
March 31,
2015
   
March 31,
2014
 
Numerator – trade accounts receivable, net
  $ 162,639     $ 160,718  
Denominator:
               
Quarter revenue
    257,367       268,562  
Number of days in quarter
    90       90  
Average daily revenue
  $ 2,860     $ 2,984  
Days sales outstanding
    57       54  

Investing activities used $355.2 million of cash in fiscal 2015, $68.1 million of cash in fiscal 2014, and $66.6 million in fiscal 2013.  Fiscal 2015 investing activities included $1.9 million of data acquisition costs, $18.6 million of software capitalization, $69.0 million of capital expenditures, and $265.7 million net cash paid to acquire LiveRamp.  Fiscal 2014 investing activities included data acquisition costs of $7.7 million, capitalization of software of $24.5 million, and capital expenditures of $39.1 million.  Investing activities also included investment proceeds of $3.8 million related to the Company’s real estate joint venture and $0.5 million net cash paid for an acquisition.    Fiscal 2013 investing activities included $8.6 million of deferred data acquisition costs, $19.9 million of capitalized software costs, and $38.2 million of capital expenditures.

Under the Company’s common stock repurchase program, the Company may purchase up to $250.0 million of its common stock through the period ending November 12, 2015.  The Company repurchased 0.5 million shares of its common stock for $9.9 million in fiscal 2015.  During fiscal 2014, the Company repurchased 2.0 million shares of its common stock for $52.7 million.  During fiscal 2013, the Company repurchased 4.6 million shares of its common stock for $71.7 million.  Through March 31, 2015, the Company has repurchased 12.9 million shares of its stock for $202.4 million, leaving remaining capacity of $47.6 million under the stock repurchase program.  Cash paid for acquisition of treasury stock in the consolidated statement of cash flows may differ from the aggregate purchase price due to trades made during one fiscal period that settle in a different fiscal period.

Financing activities used $28.6 million of cash in fiscal 2015.  Fiscal 2015 financing activities included $5.0 million in proceeds from the sale of common stock and a $4.6 million income tax impact from stock options, warrants, and restricted stock, offset by $28.4 million in payments of debt and $9.9 million to acquire treasury stock, as previously described.

Financing activities provided $98.3 million of cash in fiscal 2014.  In fiscal 2014, the Company refinanced its term loan resulting in proceeds, net of fees, of $80.6 million.  Fiscal 2014 financing activities also included proceeds from the sale of common stock of $80.5 million and the tax impact of stock options, warrants, and restricted stock of $11.3 million offset by payments of debt of $20.9 million (excluding the $215.0 million prepayment of debt under the term loan refinancing) and acquisition of treasury stock as previously described of $52.7 million.
 
Financing activities used $89.2 million of cash in fiscal 2013.  It included payments of debt of $26.9 million and acquisition of treasury stock of $74.4 million, offset by $12.0 million in proceeds from the sale of common stock.  The $74.4 million cash paid for treasury stock in fiscal 2013 included $2.7 million paid for trades made in fiscal 2012 which settled in fiscal 2013.

Discontinued operations provided $3.0 million, $1.6 million, and $2.4 million of cash in fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.  The cash provided in fiscal 2015 result primarily from the proceeds of the sale of the 2Touch business.  The cash provided in fiscal years 2014 and 2013 result from earnings and changes in working capital.

In fiscal 2013, the Company incurred debt to finance the acquisition of property and equipment.  The incurrence of this debt appears on the consolidated statements of cash flows under “supplemental cash flow information.”  Acquisitions under capital leases and installment payment arrangements were $2.2 million in fiscal 2013.  Payment of this debt in future periods will be reflected as a financing activity.  The Company has also included details of its debt payments within the “supplemental cash flow” information.

Credit and Debt Facilities
On October 9, 2013, the Company refinanced its prior term loan credit agreement.  On that day, the Company borrowed $300 million of the new term loan and used the proceeds to pay off the prior $215 million term loan balance in its entirety along with $4.4 million in fees related to the new credit agreement.  The remaining proceeds were used for other general corporate purposes.  The amended and restated credit agreement contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, default, and acceleration provisions.

 
F-10

 
The Company’s amended and restated credit agreement provides for (1) term loans up to an aggregate principal amount of $300 million and (2) revolving credit facility borrowings consisting of revolving loans, letter of credit participations and swing-line loans up to an aggregate amount of $300 million.

The term loan is payable in quarterly installments of $7.5 million through September 2017, followed by quarterly installments of $11.3 million through June 2018, with a final payment of $161.3 million due October 9, 2018.  The revolving loan commitment expires October 9, 2018.

Term loan and revolving credit facility borrowings bear interest at LIBOR or at an alternative base rate plus a credit spread.  At March 31, 2015, the LIBOR credit spread was 2.00%.  There were no revolving credit borrowings outstanding at March 31, 2015 or March 31, 2014.  The weighted-average interest rate on term loan borrowings at March 31, 2015 was 2.3%.  Outstanding letters of credit at March 31, 2015 were $2.1 million.

The term loan allows for prepayments before maturity.  The credit agreement is secured by the accounts receivable of Acxiom and its domestic subsidiaries, as well as by the outstanding stock of certain Acxiom subsidiaries.

Under the terms of the term loan, the Company is required to maintain certain debt-to-cash flow and debt service coverage ratios, among other restrictions.  At March 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with these covenants and restrictions.  In addition, if certain financial ratios and other conditions are not satisfied, the revolving credit facility limits the Company’s ability to pay dividends in excess of $30 million in any fiscal year (plus additional amounts in certain circumstances).

On March 10, 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement.  The agreement provides for the Company to pay interest through March 10, 2017 at a fixed rate of 0.98% plus the applicable credit spread on $50.0 million notional amount, while receiving interest for the same period at the LIBOR rate on the same notional amount.  The LIBOR rate as of March 31, 2015 was 0.27%.  The swap was entered into as a cash flow hedge against LIBOR interest rate movements on the term loan.  The Company assesses the effectiveness of the hedge based on the hypothetical derivative method.  There was no ineffectiveness for the period ended March 31, 2015.  Under the hypothetical derivative method, the cumulative change in fair value of the actual swap is compared to the cumulative change in fair value of the hypothetical swap, which has terms that identically match the critical terms of the hedged transaction.  Thus, the hypothetical swap is presumed to perfectly offset the hedged cash flows.  The change in the fair value of the hypothetical swap will then be regarded as a proxy for the present value of the cumulative change in the expected future cash flows from the hedged transactions.  All of the fair values are derived from an interest-rate futures model.  As of March 31, 2015, the hedge relationship qualified as an effective hedge under applicable accounting standards.  Consequently, all changes in fair value of the derivative will be deferred and recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the related forecasted transaction is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.  The fair market value of the derivative was zero at inception and an unrealized loss of $0.2 million since inception is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss).  The fair value of the interest rate swap agreement recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) may be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations if certain terms of the floating-rate debt change, if the floating-rate debt is extinguished or if the interest rate swap agreement is terminated prior to maturity.  The Company has assessed the creditworthiness of the counterparty of the swap and has concluded that no substantial risk of default exists as of March 31, 2015.

Based on our current expectations, we believe our liquidity and capital resources will be sufficient to operate our business. However, we may take advantage of opportunities to generate additional liquidity or refinance existing debt through capital market transactions. The amount, nature and timing of any capital market transactions will depend on: our operating performance and other circumstances; our then-current commitments and obligations; the amount, nature and timing of our capital requirements; any limitations imposed by our current credit arrangements; and overall market conditions.

Off-Balance Sheet Items and Commitments
In connection with the disposal of certain assets, the Company guaranteed a lease for the buyer of the assets.  This guarantee was made by the Company primarily to facilitate favorable financing terms for the third party.  Should the third party default, the Company would be required to perform under this guarantee.  At March 31, 2015 the Company’s maximum potential future payments under this guarantee were $1.0 million.

Outstanding letters of credit, which reduce the borrowing capacity under the Company’s revolving credit facility, were $2.1 and $2.2 million at March 31, 2015 and 2014.


F-11

 
 

 


Contractual Commitments
The following table presents Acxiom’s contractual cash obligations, exclusive of interest, and purchase commitments at March 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands).  The table does not include the future payment of liabilities related to uncertain tax positions of $3.4 million or the future payment against the Company’s non-current interest rate swap liability of $0.2 million, as future payment of these liabilities is uncertain and the Company is not able to predict the periods in which these payments, if any, will be made (dollars in thousands):

   
For the years ending March 31
 
   
2016
   
2017
   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
   
Thereafter
   
Total
 
Term loan
  $ 30,000     $ 30,000     $ 37,500     $ 172,500     $ -     $ -     $ 270,000  
Capital lease and installment payment obligations
    717       777       921       1,085       1,275       2,625       7,400  
Other long-term debt
    2,168       2,243       2,319       1,584       1,362       348       10,024  
Total long-term debt
    32,885       33,020       40,740       175,169       2,637       2,973       287,424  
Operating lease payments
    23,318       21,309       18,969       16,136       14,872       44,175       138,779  
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 56,203     $ 54,329     $ 59,709     $ 191,305     $ 17,509     $ 47,148     $ 426,203  


   
For the years ending March 31
 
   
2016
   
2017
   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
   
Thereafter
   
Total
 
Total purchase commitments
  $ 47,941     $ 28,807     $ 10,201     $ 7,609     $ 6,370     $ 4,750     $ 105,678  

Purchase commitments include contractual commitments for the purchase of data and open purchase orders for equipment, paper, office supplies, construction and other items.  Purchase commitments in some cases will be satisfied by entering into future operating leases, capital leases, or other financing arrangements, rather than payment of cash.  The above commitments relating to long-term obligations do not include future payments of interest.  The Company estimates interest payments on debt and capital leases for fiscal 2016 of $11.5 million.

The following are contingencies or guarantees under which the Company could be required, in certain circumstances, to make cash payments as of March 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands):

Lease guarantee
  $ 1,021  
Outstanding letters of credit
    2,138  
Surety bonds
    420  

While the Company does not have any other material contractual commitments for capital expenditures, certain levels of investments in facilities and computer equipment continue to be necessary to support the growth of the business.  In addition, new outsourcing or facilities management contracts frequently require substantial up-front capital expenditures to acquire or replace existing assets.  Management believes that the Company’s existing available debt and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet the Company’s working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future.  The Company also evaluates acquisitions from time to time, which may require up-front payments of cash.

To help accelerate the pace of product development, the Company significantly increased the level of product investment in fiscal 2014.  Total engineering investment (research and development expense plus capitalization of software) was $38.9 million in fiscal 2015 compared to $48.1 million in fiscal 2014 and $31.6 million in fiscal 2013.  The Company expects to maintain investment spending, primarily for engineering and product management labor, capitalized software, and new data sources during fiscal 2016.

For a description of certain risks that could have an impact on results of operations or financial condition, including liquidity and capital resources, see “Risk Factors” contained in Part I, Item 1A, of this Annual Report.

Acquisitions
On July 1, 2014, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of LiveRamp, Inc., a leading service provider for onboarding customer data into digital marketing applications.  As a result of this transaction, LiveRamp is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.  The Company acquired LiveRamp to, among other things, provide clients with solutions for bringing offline customer data online with better matching, more connectivity, and faster
 
 
F-12

 
onboarding.  The Company has included the financial results of LiveRamp in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.  LiveRamp is included in the Marketing and Data Services segment.  The acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred for LiveRamp was approximately $272.7 million which consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

   
July 1, 2014
 
Cash, net of $12.0 million cash acquired
  $ 234,672  
Restricted cash held in escrow
    31,000  
Fair value of stock options issued included in purchase price
    6,978  
Total fair value of consideration transferred
  $ 272,650  
         
On the acquisition date, the Company delivered $31.0 million of cash to an escrow agent according to the terms of the purchase agreement.  The cash is restricted as to withdrawal or use by the Company and is expected to be delivered to the LiveRamp sellers one year from the acquisition date.  The escrowed cash can be used to reimburse the Company for any indemnification claims against the sellers, as described in the purchase agreement.  The principal escrow amount is owned by the Company until funds are delivered to the LiveRamp sellers.  All interest and earnings on the principal escrow amount remain property of the Company.  The restricted cash is reported as restricted cash held in escrow, with an offsetting liability reported as acquisition escrow payable, on the consolidated balance sheet.

During fiscal 2014, the Company acquired the balance of the outstanding equity interests it did not already own in GoDigital for $0.6 million.  As a result, the subsidiary is now wholly-owned and the Company reduced its $0.4 million carrying value of the noncontrolling interest to zero and adjusted its equity investment by $1.0 million in additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheet.

Discontinued Operation
On May 30, 2014, the Company substantially completed the sale of its U.K. call center operation, 2Touch, to Parseq Ltd., a European business process outsourcing service provider.  Some assets of the 2Touch operation were subject to a second closing, which occurred in March 2015, resulting in the complete disposal of the operation.  The 2Touch business qualified for treatment as discontinued operations during fiscal 2015.  The results of operations, cash flows, and the balance sheet amounts pertaining to 2Touch have been classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

Subsequent Events
On May 20, 2015, the Company announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to sell its IT Infrastructure Management business (ITO) to Charlesbank Capital Partners and M/C Partners.  Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will receive $140 million in cash at closing, and up to $50 million in contingent payments subject to certain performance metrics.  In addition, the Company will receive a 5% retained profits interest in the divested entity, subject to a defined value over which the Company will participate in profits.  The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of fiscal 2016 ending September 30, 2015, following the satisfaction of regulatory requirements and other customary closing conditions.  The Company will report ITO as a component of discontinued operations beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.  The Company expects to report a gain on the sale.

The Company will use proceeds from the sale to pay down debt and to fund expansion of its share repurchase program.  As part of the revised program, the Company’s board of directors has increased its share repurchase program by $50 million.  Under the revised share repurchase program, the Company may now purchase up to $300 million of its common stock through the period ending December 31, 2016.  The Company has previously purchased $202.4 million of stock through the repurchase program, leaving remaining capacity of $97.6 million under the revised stock repurchase program.

The Company has also entered into an agreement to amend its credit agreement.  The effectiveness of the amendments contained in the agreement are conditioned on, among other things, the closing of the ITO disposition.  Once the ITO disposition is completed and the amendment becomes fully effective, certain financial covenants in the credit agreement will be modified for the fiscal quarters ending on September 30, 2015, December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016.  Additionally the Company will not be entitled to declare or pay any dividends during this time and share repurchases will be limited to no more than $100 million depending on the Company’s leverage ratio.  After March 31, 2016, the debt covenants and dividend and share repurchase limitations will return to the requirements in the credit agreement in effect prior to the amendment.  In addition, the amendment revises certain definitions in the credit agreement to clarify the effect of acquisitions and dispositions on certain financial covenants.

F-13

 
 

 


Key Trends and Uncertainties

The following is a summary of selected trends, events or uncertainties that the Company believes may have a significant impact on its future performance.

·  
The macroeconomic environment has a direct impact on overall marketing and advertising expenditures in the U.S. and abroad.  As marketing budgets are often more discretionary in nature, they are easier to reduce in the short term as compared to other corporate expenses.  Future widespread economic slowdowns in any of the industries or markets our clients serve, particularly in the United States, could reduce the marketing expenditures of our clients and prospective customers.
·  
With the growth of online advertising and e-commerce, there is increasing awareness and concern among the general public, privacy advocates, mainstream media, governmental bodies and others regarding marketing and privacy matters, particularly as they relate to individual privacy interests and global reach of the online marketplace.   Negative publicity and/or increased restrictions on the collection, management, aggregation and use of information could result in reduced demand for our products or services, decreased availability of certain kinds of data and/or a material increase in the cost of collecting certain kinds of data.
·  
In recent years, we have witnessed an ongoing shift from direct marketing to alternative marketing channels. We believe this trend will continue and that, in the long term, a substantial portion of overall marketing and advertising expenditures will be moved to alternative marketing channels.
·  
Many businesses are moving towards an outsourced model as an alternative to a traditional information technology infrastructure.  As they do, we see demand increasing for cloud computing services.

Seasonality and Inflation

Although the Company cannot accurately determine the amounts attributable to inflation, the Company is affected by inflation through increased costs of compensation and other operating expenses.  If inflation were to increase over the low levels of recent years, the impact in the short run would be to cause increases in costs, which the Company would attempt to pass on to clients, although there is no assurance that it would be able to do so.  Generally, the effects of inflation in recent years have been offset by technological advances, economies of scale and other operational efficiencies.

The Company’s traditional direct marketing operations typically experience their lowest revenue in the first quarter of the fiscal year, with higher revenue in the second, third, and fourth quarters.  In order to minimize the impact of these fluctuations, the Company continues to seek long-term arrangements with more predictable revenues.

Non-U.S. Operations

The Company has a presence in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Poland, Australia, China and Brazil.   Most of the Company’s exposure to exchange rate fluctuation is due to translation gains and losses as there are no material transactions that cause exchange rate impact.  In general, each of the foreign locations is expected to fund its own operations and cash flows, although funds may be loaned or invested from the U.S. to the foreign subsidiaries subject to limitations in the Company’s revolving credit facility.  These advances are considered to be long-term investments, and any gain or loss resulting from changes in exchange rates as well as gains or losses resulting from translating the foreign financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).  Exchange rate movements of foreign currencies may have an impact on the Company’s future costs or on future cash flows from foreign investments.  The Company has not entered into any foreign currency forward exchange contracts or other derivative instruments to hedge the effects of adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  These accounting principles require management to make certain judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.  Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements includes a summary of significant accounting policies used in the preparation of Acxiom’s consolidated financial statements.  Of those policies, we have identified the following as the most critical because they require management’s use of complex and/or significant judgments:

Revenue Recognition – The Company provides database management and IT management services under long-term arrangements.  These arrangements may require the Company to perform setup activities such as the design and build of a database for the customer under the database management contracts and migration of the customer’s IT environment under IT management contracts.  In some cases, the arrangements also contain provisions requiring
 
 
 
F-14

 
customer acceptance of the setup activities prior to commencement of the ongoing services arrangement.  Up-front fees billed during the setup phase for these arrangements are deferred and setup costs that are direct and incremental to the contract are capitalized.  Revenue recognition does not begin until after customer acceptance in cases where contracts contain acceptance provisions.  Once the setup phase is complete and customer acceptance occurs, the Company recognizes revenue and the related costs for each element as delivered.  In situations where the arrangement does not require customer acceptance before the Company begins providing services, revenue is recognized for each element as delivered and no costs are deferred.

The Company evaluates its database management and IT management arrangements to determine whether the arrangement contains a lease.  If the arrangement is determined to contain a lease, applicable accounting standards require the Company to account for the lease component separately from the remaining components of the arrangement.  In cases where database management or IT management arrangements are determined to include a lease, the lease is evaluated to determine whether it is a capital lease or operating lease and accounted for accordingly.  These lease revenues are not significant to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Sales of third-party software, hardware and certain other equipment are recognized when delivered.  If such sales are part of a multiple-element arrangement, they are recognized as a separate element unless collection of the sales price is dependent upon delivery of other products or services.  Additionally, the Company evaluates revenue from the sale of data, software, hardware and equipment in accordance with accounting standards to determine whether such revenue should be recognized on a gross or a net basis.  All of the factors in the accounting standards are considered with the primary factor being whether the Company is the primary obligor in the arrangement.  “Out-of-pocket” expenses incurred by, and reimbursed to, the Company in connection with customer contracts are recorded as gross revenue.

Revenues from onboarding customer data into digital marketing applications are recognized as the services are delivered over the contract.

Revenues from the licensing of data are recognized upon delivery of the data to the customer.  Revenue from the licensing of data to the customer in circumstances where the license agreement contains a volume cap is recognized in proportion to the total records to be delivered under the arrangement.  Revenue from the sale of data on a per-record basis is recognized as the records are delivered.

The relative selling price for each unit of accounting in a multiple-element arrangement is established using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), if available, third-party evidence (TPE), if available, or management’s best estimate of stand-alone selling price (BESP).  In most cases, the Company has neither VSOE nor TPE and therefore uses BESP.  The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis.  Management’s BESP is determined by considering multiple factors including actual contractual selling prices when the item is sold on a stand-alone basis, as well as market conditions, competition, internal costs, profit objectives and pricing practices.  The amount of revenue recognized for a delivered element is limited to an amount that is not contingent upon future delivery of additional products or services.  As pricing and marketing strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes to BESP, or to the development of VSOE or TPE for individual products or services.  As a result, future revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements could differ from recognition in the current period.  Our relative selling prices are analyzed on an annual basis or more frequently if we experience significant changes in selling prices.

All taxes assessed on revenue-producing transactions described above are presented on a net basis, or excluded from revenues.

The Company also performs services on a project basis outside of, or in addition to, the scope of long-term arrangements.  The Company recognizes revenue from these services as the services are performed.

Some contracts contain benchmarking provisions or provisions allowing the customer to request a future reduction in pricing under certain circumstances.  Any resulting reduction in pricing is only implemented on a prospective basis.   The Company’s contracts provide a warranty that the services or products will meet the agreed-upon criteria or any necessary modifications will be made.  The Company ensures that services or products delivered meet the agreed-upon criteria prior to recognition of revenue.

Included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets are deferred revenues resulting from billings and/or client payments in advance of revenue recognition.  Deferred revenue at March 31, 2015 was $37.3 million compared to $47.6 million at March 31, 2014.

 
F-15

 
Accounts receivable include amounts billed to clients as well as unbilled amounts recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policies.  Unbilled amounts included in accounts receivable were $20.9 million and $20.6 million, respectively, at March 31, 2015 and 2014.

Software, Purchased Software Licenses, and Research and Development Costs – Costs of internally developed software are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining estimated economic life of the software product, generally two to five years, or the amortization that would be recorded by using the ratio of gross revenues for a product to total current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product, whichever is greater.  The Company capitalizes software development costs following accounting standards regarding the costs of computer software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed or the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use.  Although there are differences in the two accounting standards, depending on whether a product is intended for internal use or to be provided to customers, both accounting standards generally require that research and development costs incurred prior to establishing technological feasibility or the beginning of the application development stage of software products are charged to operations as such costs are incurred.  Once technological feasibility is established or the application development stage has begun, costs are capitalized until the software is available for general release.  The Company recorded amortization expense related to internally developed computer software of $29.0 million, $9.7 million, and $8.6 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Of the amount recorded for fiscal 2015, $7.5 million relates to internally developed software acquired as part of the LiveRamp acquisition.  Amortization expense in fiscal 2015 also included $4.3 million of accelerated amortization expense resulting from adjusting the remaining lives of certain capitalized software products which the Company will no longer be using as a result of the LiveRamp acquisition.  Additionally, the Company charged $20.3 million, $23.6 million and $11.7 million of research and development costs to cost of revenue during fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Costs of purchased software licenses are amortized using a units-of-production basis over the estimated economic life of the license, generally not to exceed ten years.  The Company recorded amortization expense related to purchased software licenses of $6.7 million, $7.1 million and $9.7 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Some of these licenses are, in effect, volume purchase agreements for software licenses needed for internal use and to provide services to customers over the terms of the agreements.  Therefore, amortization lives are periodically reevaluated and, if justified, adjusted to reflect current and future expected usage based on units-of-production amortization.  Factors considered in estimating remaining useful life include, but are not limited to, contract provisions of the underlying licenses, introduction of new mainframe hardware which is compatible with previous generation software, predictions of continuing viability of mainframe architecture, and customers’ continuing commitments to utilize mainframe architecture and the software under contract.

Capitalized software, including both purchased and internally developed, is reviewed when facts and circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable and, if necessary, the Company reduces the carrying value of each product to its fair value.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, in conjunction with the goodwill impairment testing noted below, the Company also tested other long-lived assets in the affected units for impairment.  As a result of the review, the Company recorded impairment charges of $0.1 million in fiscal 2014 for purchased software licenses related to the Other Services unit.  The Other Services unit is now included in discontinued operations.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets– Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles as well as equity investments are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  The Company considers factors such as operating losses, declining outlooks, and business conditions when evaluating the necessity for an impairment analysis.  Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset.  If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.  Assets to be disposed of are classified as held for sale and are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, in conjunction with the goodwill impairment testing noted below, the Company also tested other long-lived assets in the affected units for impairment.  As a result of the review, the Company recorded impairment charges of $4.6 million for data assets related to the European Marketing and Data Services unit and $0.9 million for other assets, primarily property and equipment, related to the Other Services unit.  The Other Services unit is now included in discontinued operations.

Valuation of Goodwill– Goodwill is measured and tested for impairment on an annual basis in the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year in accordance with applicable accounting standards, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist.  Triggering events for interim impairment testing include indicators such as adverse industry or economic trends, restructuring actions, downward revisions to projections of financial performance, or a sustained
 
 
F-16

 
decline in market capitalization.  The performance of the impairment test involves a two-step process.  The first step requires comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its net book value, including goodwill.  A potential impairment exists if the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is lower than its net book value.  The second step of the impairment test involves assigning the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its identifiable assets, with any residual fair value being assigned to goodwill.  If the carrying value of an individual indefinite-lived intangible asset (including goodwill) exceeds its estimated fair value, such asset is written down by an amount equal to the excess, and a corresponding amount is recorded as a charge to operations for the period in which the impairment test is completed.  Completion of the Company’s annual impairment test during the quarter ended June 30, 2014 indicated no potential impairment of its goodwill balances.

In order to estimate the fair value for each of the components, management uses an income approach based on a discounted cash flow model together with valuations based on an analysis of public company market multiples and a similar transactions analysis.

The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model include discount rates, growth rates, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates, growth rates and cash flow projections are the most sensitive and susceptible to change as they require significant management judgment. Discount rates are determined by using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). The WACC considers market and industry data as well as company-specific risk factors for each reporting unit in determining the appropriate discount rate to be used. The discount rate utilized for each reporting unit is indicative of the return an investor would expect to receive for investing in such a business. Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and cash flow projections for each reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.

The public company market multiple method is used to estimate values for each of the components by looking at market value multiples to revenue and EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) for selected public companies that are believed to be representative of companies that marketplace participants would use to arrive at comparable multiples for the individual component being tested.  These multiples are then used to develop an estimated value for each respective component.

The similar transactions method compares multiples based on acquisition prices of other companies believed to be those that marketplace participants would use to compare to the individual component being tested.  Those multiples are then used to develop an estimated value for that component.

In order to arrive at an estimated value for each component, management uses a weighted-average approach to combine the results of each analysis.  Management believes that using multiple valuation approaches and then weighting them appropriately is a technique that a marketplace participant would use.

As a final test of the annual valuation results, the total of the values of the components is reconciled to the actual market value of Acxiom common stock as of the valuation date.  This reconciliation indicated an implied control premium.  Management believes this control premium is reasonable compared to historical control premiums observed in actual transactions.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as either an operating segment or one step below an operating segment, known as a component.  Acxiom’s segments are the Marketing and Data Services segment and the IT Infrastructure Management segment.  Because the Marketing and Data Services segment contains both U.S. and International components, and there are differences in economic characteristics between the components in the different geographic regions, management tested a total of five components at the beginning of the year.  The goodwill amounts as of April 1, 2014 included in each component tested were:  U.S. Marketing and Data Services, $266.7 million; Australia Marketing and Data Services, $13.3 million; China Marketing and Data Services, $6.0 million; Brazil Marketing and Data Services, $0.9 million; and U.S. Infrastructure management, $71.5 million.

As of April 1, 2014, each of the components had an excess fair value exceeding 35%, except for U.S. IT Infrastructure Management. The fair value of the U.S. Infrastructure management segment has decreased by a significant amount since the prior annual test as a result of client contract terminations. If the U.S. IT Infrastructure Management segment experiences additional client losses in the future, this could lead to a further deterioration in value, which could lead to an impairment in the future.

 
F-17

 
Each quarter the Company considers whether indicators of impairment exist such that additional impairment testing may be necessary.  During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, a triggering event occurred which required the Company to test the recoverability of the goodwill associated with its Australia Marketing and Data Services reporting unit. The triggering event was a lowering of projections associated with the Australian unit. The results of step one of the test indicated the goodwill was not impaired, although the fair value of the component has decreased significantly compared to the previous annual test.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, triggering events occurred which required the Company to test the recoverability of goodwill associated with its European Marketing and Data Services reporting unit and its Other Services reporting unit.  The triggering event was the initiation of a restructuring of the European Marketing and Data Services unit.  The restructuring includes exiting the analog paper survey business in Europe.  The triggering event related to the Other Services reporting unit was a potential exit from that business.  In addition to testing the recoverability of goodwill, the Company also tested certain other long-lived assets in those units for impairment.  In the case of the Other Services unit, the step one fair value indicated that all of the goodwill and other long-lived assets were impaired.  Therefore there was no need to perform detailed step two calculations in order to conclude that all of the goodwill and other long-lived assets of this unit should be written off.  In the case of the European Marketing and Data Services unit, the Company first tested certain data assets within the unit, and concluded that $4.6 million of these data assets were impaired and should be written off.  Then the Company performed step one of the two-step goodwill test, which indicated the goodwill was impaired.  Step two of the goodwill recoverability test required the Company to perform a hypothetical purchase price allocation, under which the estimated fair value was allocated to the unit’s tangible and intangible assets based on their estimated fair values.  This hypothetical purchase price allocation indicated that all of the unit’s goodwill should be written off.  The amount of impairment for the European Marketing and Data Services unit was $25.0 million, of which $20.3 million was goodwill and $4.6 million related to data assets.  The amount of impairment for the Other Services unit was $3.9 million, of which $3.0 million was goodwill and $0.9 million was other assets, primarily property and equipment.  The Other Services unit is now included in discontinued operations.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2013, triggering events occurred which required the Company to test the recoverability of goodwill in its European Marketing and Data Services unit for impairment.  The triggering events included the revision of the Company’s long-term projections in conjunction with the fiscal 2014 budget.  However, the results of the interim test indicated no impairment.

Management believes that the estimated valuations it arrived at are reasonable and consistent with what other marketplace participants would use in valuing the Company’s components.  However, management cannot give any assurance that these market values will not change in the future.  For example, if discount rates demanded by the market increase, this could lead to reduced valuations under the income approach.  If the Company’s projections are not achieved in the future, this could lead management to reassess their assumptions and lead to reduced valuations under the income approach.  If the market price of the Company’s stock decreases, this could cause the Company to reassess the reasonableness of the implied control premium, which might cause management to assume a higher discount rate under the income approach which could lead to reduced valuations.  If future similar transactions exhibit lower multiples than those observed in the past, this could lead to reduced valuations under the similar transactions approach.  And finally, if there is a general decline in the stock market and particularly in those companies selected as comparable to the Company’s components, this could lead to reduced valuations under the public company market multiple approach.  The Company’s next annual impairment test will be performed during the first quarter of fiscal 2016.  The fair value of the Company’s components could deteriorate which could result in the need to record impairment charges in future periods.  The Company continues to monitor potential triggering events including changes in the business climate in which it operates, attrition of key personnel, the volatility in the capital markets, the Company’s market capitalization compared to its book value, the Company’s recent operating performance, and the Company’s financial projections.  The occurrence of one or more triggering events could require additional impairment testing, which could result in impairment charges.

Deferred Costs and Data Acquisition Costs – The Company defers certain costs, primarily salaries and benefits and other direct and incremental third party costs, in connection with client contracts and various other contracts and arrangements.  Direct and incremental costs incurred during the setup phase under client contracts for database management or for IT management arrangements are deferred until such time as the database or the outsourcing services are operational and revenue recognition begins.  These costs are directly related to the individual client, are to be used specifically for the individual client and have no other use or future benefit.  In addition, revenue recognition of billings, if any, related to these setup activities are deferred during the setup phase.  All deferred costs and billings are then amortized as contract revenue recognition occurs over the remaining term of the arrangement.  During the period when costs are being deferred, the Company performs a net realizable value review on a quarterly basis to ensure that the deferred costs are recoverable through either 1) recognition of previously
 
 
F-18

 
deferred revenue, 2) future minimum contractual billings or 3) billings in excess of contractual minimum billings that can be reasonably estimated and are deemed likely to occur.  Once revenue recognition begins, these deferred costs are assessed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.  Some contracts contain provisions allowing the customer to request reductions in pricing if they can demonstrate that the Company charges lower prices for similar services to other customers, or if the prices charged are higher than certain benchmarks.  If pricing is renegotiated, deferred costs are assessed for impairment.

The test of recoverability is performed by comparing the carrying value of the asset to its undiscounted expected future cash flows.  If the review indicates that the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the sum of its expected future cash flows, the asset’s carrying amount is written down to its estimated fair value.  Fair value is determined by an internally developed discounted projected cash flow analysis of the asset.

In addition to client contract costs, the Company defers direct and incremental costs incurred in connection with obtaining other contracts, including debt facilities, lease facilities, and various other arrangements.  Costs deferred in connection with obtaining scheduled debt facilities are amortized over the term of the arrangement using the interest method.  Costs deferred in connection with lease facilities or revolving credit facilities are amortized over the term of the arrangement on a straight-line basis.

The Company also defers costs related to the acquisition or licensing of data for the Company’s proprietary databases which are used in providing data products and services to customers.  These costs are amortized over the useful life of the data, which is from two to seven years.  In order to estimate the useful life of any acquired data, the Company considers several factors including 1) the type of data acquired, 2) whether the data becomes stale over time, 3) to what extent the data will be replaced by updated data over time, 4) whether the stale data continues to have value as historical data, 5) whether a license places restrictions on the use of the data, and 6) the term of the license.

The total deferred costs at March 31, 2015 are $7.9 million.  If the Company were to determine that any of the deferred costs are unrecoverable, the resulting write-down in carrying value could be up to $7.9 million.

Restructuring – The Company records costs associated with employee terminations and other exit activity in accordance with applicable accounting standards, depending on whether the costs relate to exit or disposal activities under the accounting standards, or whether they are other post-employment termination benefits.  Under applicable accounting standards related to exit or disposal costs, the Company records employee termination benefits as an operating expense when the benefit arrangement is communicated to the employee and no significant future services are required.  Under the accounting standards related to post employment termination benefits the Company records employee termination benefits when the termination benefits are probable and can be estimated.  The Company recognizes the present value of facility lease termination obligations, net of estimated sublease income and other exit costs, when the Company has future payments with no future economic benefit or a commitment to pay the termination costs of a prior commitment. In future periods the Company will record accretion expense to increase the liability to an amount equal to the estimated future cash payments necessary to exit the leases. This requires a significant amount of judgment and management estimation in order to determine the expected time frame it will take to secure a subtenant, the amount of sublease income to be received and the appropriate discount rate to calculate the present value of the future cash flows. Should actual lease exit costs differ from estimates, the Company may be required to adjust the restructuring charge which will impact net income in the period any adjustment is recorded.

Income Taxes – The Company makes estimates and judgments in determining the provision for income taxes for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits, benefits, and deductions, and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities that arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes, as well as the interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. Significant changes in these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to the tax provision in a subsequent period. The Company assesses the likelihood that it will be able to recover its deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, the Company increases the provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that it estimates will not ultimately be recoverable.  The Company believes that the deferred tax assets recorded on the consolidated balance sheets will be ultimately recovered. However, should a change occur in the Company’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets, its tax provision would increase in the period in which the Company determined that the recovery was not likely.

The calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining whether the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or
 
 
F-19

 
litigation processes, if any. If the Company determines that a tax position will more likely than not be sustained on audit, the second step requires the Company to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as the Company has to determine the probability of various possible outcomes.

The Company re-evaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors such as changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, new audit activity, and effectively settled issues. Determining whether an uncertain tax position is effectively settled requires judgment. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.


New Accounting Pronouncements –

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an update, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity.  This update changes the requirements for determining whether a component is included in discontinued operations.  The update will be effective for Acxiom in fiscal 2016, with early application allowed.  Management does not expect a significant impact from implementation of this update.

In May 2014, the FASB issued an update, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.  This update supersedes all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, as well as some cost guidance and guidance on certain gains and losses.  The effective date for the update has been deferred until fiscal 2019 for Acxiom, with early application allowed for fiscal 2018.  Application of the new update may either be applied retrospectively to all periods reported, with certain practical expedients allowed, or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initial application recognized at the date of initial application.  The Company has not yet assessed the impact of implementation of the new guidance, nor determined which implementation method to use.

F-20

 
 

 

 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting


The management of Acxiom Corporation (the Company) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that:
 
·  
Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
 
·  
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
 
·  
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluations of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015.  In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992).

Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, the Company’s management determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2015.

The Company acquired LiveRamp, Inc. on July 1, 2014. Management has excluded the operations of LiveRamp from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015. The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company include the results of the acquisition but management’s assessment does not include an assessment of the internal control over financial reporting of the acquired company. The acquired company represents approximately $27.0 million of the Company’s consolidated revenue for the year ended March 31, 2015 and $294.6 million of the Company’s consolidated assets (including $268.4 million of goodwill and acquired intangible assets) as of March 31, 2015.

KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, has issued an attestation report, appearing on the following page, regarding its assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015.

F-21

 
 

 

 

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Acxiom Corporation:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Acxiom Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Acxiom Corporation and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Acxiom Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated May 27, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 

 
KPMG LLP
 

 
Dallas, Texas
 
May 27, 2015
 

 

F-22

 
 

 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Acxiom Corporation:
 
We have audited Acxiom Corporation’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Acxiom Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Acxiom Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
As described in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015 the operations of LiveRamp, Inc. that was acquired on July 1, 2014. We have also excluded LiveRamp, Inc. from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. LiveRamp, Inc. represented approximately $27.0 million of the Company’s consolidated revenue as of March 31, 2015 and $294.6 million of the Company’s consolidated assets (including $268.4 million of goodwill and acquired intangible assets) as of March 31, 2015.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Acxiom Corporation and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2015, and our report dated May 27, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 

 
KPMG LLP
 

 
Dallas, Texas
 
May 27, 2015
 

F-23

 
 

 

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
MARCH 31, 2015 AND 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
     
2015
   
2014
 
 
ASSETS
       
Current assets:
       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 141,010     $ 418,586  
Trade accounts receivable, net
    162,639       160,718  
Deferred income taxes
    28,372       12,870  
Refundable income taxes
    5,239       11,535  
Restricted cash held in escrow
    31,000       -  
Other current assets
    45,682       54,484  
Assets from discontinued operations
    112       7,332  
Total current assets
    414,054       665,525  
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization
    220,590       216,906  
Software, net of accumulated amortization of $258,185 in 2015 and $230,161 in 2014
    68,962       39,425  
Goodwill
    568,870       358,384  
Purchased software licenses, net of accumulated amortization of $269,507 in 2015 and $263,228 in 2014
    13,494       18,584  
Other assets, net
    36,454       24,477  
    $ 1,322,424     $ 1,323,301  
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                 
Current liabilities:
                 
Current installments of long-term debt
  $ 32,885     $ 28,567  
Trade accounts payable
    38,951       36,179  
Accrued expenses
                 
Payroll
    39,026       62,182  
Other
    67,867       70,412  
Acquisition escrow payable
    31,000       -  
Deferred revenue
    37,278       47,638  
Income taxes payable
    -       241  
Liabilities from discontinued operations
    1,008       4,250  
Total current liabilities
    248,015       249,469  
Long-term debt
    254,539       289,043  
Deferred income taxes
    103,391       90,226  
Other liabilities
    13,222       11,706  
Commitments and contingencies
                 
Equity:
                 
Common stock, $0.10 par value (authorized 200 million shares; issued 127.9 million and 125.8 million shares at March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively)
    12,794       12,584  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,034,526       981,985  
Retained earnings
    591,798       602,829  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    9,413       13,662  
Treasury stock, at cost (50.1 million and 49.2 million shares at March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively)
    (945,274 )     (928,203 )
Total equity
    703,257       682,857  
    $ 1,322,424     $ 1,323,301  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                 

F-24

 
 

 

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
                   
Revenues
  $ 1,020,059     $ 1,062,278     $ 1,068,158  
Operating costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of revenue
    807,469       795,562       811,401  
Selling, general and administrative
    188,561       169,376       153,990  
Impairment of goodwill and other assets
    -       24,953       -  
Gains, losses and other items, net
    24,633       21,914       1,751  
Total operating costs and expenses
    1,020,663       1,011,805       967,142  
Income (loss) from operations
    (604 )     50,473       101,016  
Other expense:
                       
Interest expense
    (10,050 )     (11,671 )     (12,694 )
Other, net
    (1,325 )     1,817       152  
Total other expense
    (11,375 )     (9,854 )     (12,542 )
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (11,979 )     40,619       88,474  
Income taxes
    (2,832 )     29,627       32,649  
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
    (9,147 )     10,992       55,825  
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (1,884 )     (2,189 )     1,294  
Net earnings (loss)
    (11,031 )     8,803       57,119  
Less:  Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
    -       (60 )     (488 )
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Acxiom
  $ (11,031 )   $ 8,863     $ 57,607  
                         
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.15     $ 0.75  
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )     0.02  
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.76  
                         
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Acxiom stockholders
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.77  
                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.14     $ 0.73  
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )     0.02  
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.75  
                         
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Acxiom stockholders
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.75  
                         
                         
Some earnings (loss) per share amounts may not add due to rounding.
                 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                       



F-25

 
 

 


ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
(Dollars in thousands)

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
                   
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (11,031 )   $ 8,803     $ 57,119  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment
    (4,074 )     1,511       (2,489 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swap
    (175 )     728       311  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    (4,249 )     2,239       (2,178 )
Comprehensive income (loss)
    (15,280 )     11,042       54,941  
Less:  Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
    -       (60 )     (488 )
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Acxiom stockholders
  $ (15,280 )   $ 11,102     $ 55,429  
                         
                         
                         
                         
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                       


F-26

 
 

 

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
 (Dollars in thousands)



                   
Accumulated
               
   
Common Stock
 
Additional
     
other
 
Treasury Stock
       
   
Number
     
paid-in
 
Retained
 
comprehensive
 
Number
     
Noncontrolling
 
Total
   
of shares
 
Amount
 
Capital
 
earnings
 
income
 
of shares
 
Amount
 
Interest
 
Equity
Balances at March 31, 2012
 
120,027,013
 
$12,003
 
$   860,165
 
$    536,359
 
$13,601
 
(43,213,027)
 
$(810,381)
 
$      108
 
$611,855
Employee stock awards, benefit plans and other issuances
 
845,618
 
84
 
12,707
 
-
 
-
 
(58,966)
 
(834)
 
-
 
11,957
Tax impact of stock options, warrants and restricted stock
 
-
 
-
 
357
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
357
Non-cash share-based compensation
 
-
 
-
 
12,002
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
12,002
Restricted stock units vested
 
470,285
 
47
 
(47)
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
Acquisition of treasury stock
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(4,553,042)
 
(71,744)
 
-
 
(71,744)
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                   
Foreign currency translation
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(2,489)
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(2,489)
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
311
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
311
Net earnings (loss)
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
57,607
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(488)
 
57,119
Balances at March 31, 2013
 
121,342,916
 
$12,134
 
$885,184
 
$    593,966
 
$11,423
 
(47,825,035)
 
$(882,959)
 
$    (380)
 
$619,368
Employee stock awards, benefit plans and other issuances
 
4,018,507
 
402
 
84,422
 
-
 
-
 
(155,089)
 
(4,334)
 
-
 
80,490
Tax impact of stock options, warrants and restricted stock
 
-
 
-
 
11,295
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
11,295
Non-cash share-based compensation
 
-
 
-
 
13,925
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
13,925
Restricted stock units vested
 
482,185
 
48
 
(48)
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
Warrant exercises
 
-
 
-
 
(11,753)
 
-
 
-
 
769,927
 
11,753
 
-
 
-
Acquisition of treasury stock
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(1,993,310)
 
(52,663)
 
-
 
(52,663)
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
 
-
 
-
 
(1,040)
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
440
 
(600)
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                   
Foreign currency translation
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
1,511
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
1,511
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
728
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
728
Net earnings (loss)
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
8,863
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(60)
 
8,803
Balances at March 31, 2014
 
125,843,608
 
$12,584
 
$981,985
 
$    602,829
 
$13,662
 
(49,203,507)
 
$(928,203)
 
$           -
 
$682,857
Employee stock awards, benefit plans and other issuances
 
1,028,524
 
103
 
12,153
 
-
 
-
 
(370,299)
 
(7,217)
 
-
 
5,039
Tax impact of stock options, warrants and restricted stock
 
-
 
-
 
4,645
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
4,645
Non-cash share-based compensation
 
33,693
 
4
 
28,868
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
14
 
-
 
28,886
Restricted stock units vested
 
1,032,972
 
103
 
(103)
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
Acquisition of treasury stock
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(528,918)
 
(9,868)
 
-
 
(9,868)
LiveRamp replacement stock options
 
-
 
-
 
6,978
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
6,978
Comprehensive loss:
                                   
Foreign currency translation
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(4,074)
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(4,074)
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(175)
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(175)
Net loss
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(11,031)
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(11,031)
Balances at March 31, 2015
 
127,938,797
 
$12,794
 
$1,034,526
 
$    591,798
 
$    9,413
 
(50,102,724)
 
$(945,274)
 
$           -
 
$703,257
                                     
                                     
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-27

 
 

 

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
(Dollars in thousands)

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
                   
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (11,031 )   $ 8,803     $ 57,119  
Loss (earnings) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    1,884       2,189       (1,294 )
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    118,834       102,426       115,636  
Loss (gain) on disposal or impairment of assets
    1,976       (2,576 )     25  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    -       664       -  
Impairment of goodwill and other assets
    -       24,953       -  
Deferred income taxes
    (9,689 )     2,097       (3,510 )
Non-cash share-based compensation expense
    28,886       13,925       12,002  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable, net
    (497 )     8,272       7,078  
Other assets
    15,727       (1,260 )     (9,121 )
Deferred costs
    (1,484 )     (506 )     (1,564 )
Accounts payable and other liabilities
    (29,142 )     288       (10,364 )
Deferred revenue
    (10,677 )     3,966       (18,627 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    104,787       163,241       147,380  
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Capitalized software development costs
    (18,587 )     (24,517 )     (19,879 )
Capital expenditures
    (69,041 )     (39,132 )     (38,172 )
Receipts from investments
    -       3,823       -  
Data acquisition costs
    (1,871 )     (7,745 )     (8,570 )
Net cash paid in acquisitions
    (265,672 )     (500 )     -  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (355,171 )     (68,071 )     (66,621 )
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from debt
    -       300,000       -  
Payments of debt
    (28,421 )     (235,895 )     (26,871 )
Fees for debt refinancing
    -       (4,370 )     -  
Acquisition liability payment
    -       -       (288 )
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
    -       (600 )     -  
Acquisition of treasury stock
    (9,868 )     (52,663 )     (74,378 )
Sale of common stock, net of stock acquired for withholding taxes
    5,039       80,490       11,957  
Income tax impact of stock options, warrants and restricted stock
    4,645       11,295       357  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (28,605 )     98,257       (89,223 )
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations
    (278,989 )     193,427       (8,464 )
                         
                         
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                       
                         


F-28

 
 

 


ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
(Dollars in thousands)


   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
 
Cash flows from discontinued operations:
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    197       1,735       2,752  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    2,835       (166 )     (319 )
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
    3,032       1,569       2,433  
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing and discontinued operations
    (275,957 )     194,996       (6,031 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    (1,619 )     616       (643 )
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    (277,576 )     195,612       (6,674 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    418,586       222,974       229,648  
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 141,010     $ 418,586     $ 222,974  
                         
                         
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid (received) during the period for:
                       
Interest
  $ 8,673     $ 11,762     $ 12,709  
Income taxes
    (3,845 )     21,702       57,464  
Payments on capital leases and installment payment arrangements
    3,823       8,379       16,514  
Prepayment of debt
    -       215,000       -  
Other debt payments
    24,598       12,516       10,357  
Noncash investing and financing activities:
                       
Acquisition of property and equipment under capital leases and installment payment arrangements
    -       -       2,157  
                         
                         
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                       


F-29

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013


1.           SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Description of Business -

Acxiom is an enterprise data, analytics and software-as-a-service company.  For over 45 years, Acxiom has been an innovator in harnessing the powerful potential of data to strengthen connections between people, businesses and their partners.  We focus on creating better connections that enable better living for people and better results for the businesses who serve them.

Founded in 1969, Acxiom serves a global client base from locations in the United States, Europe, South America and the Asia-Pacific region.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation -

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  Investments in 20% to 50% owned entities are accounted for using the equity method with equity in earnings recorded in “other, net” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.  Investments in less than 20% owned entities are accounted for at cost.  Investment income and charges related to investments accounted for at cost are recorded in “other, net.”

Discontinued Operations -

Discontinued operations comprise those activities that have been disposed of during the period or which have been classified as held for sale at the end of the period, and represent a separate major line of business or geographical area that can be clearly distinguished for operational and financial reporting purposes. In fiscal 2015, Acxiom identified its U.K. call center operation, 2Touch, as a component of the Company that is reported as discontinued operations as a result of its disposal (see note 4).

Use of Estimates -

Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Areas in which significant judgments and estimates are used include projected cash flows associated with recoverability of assets, valuation of acquired intangible assets, restructuring and impairment accruals, litigation loss accruals, and the recognition and measurement of current and deferred income taxes, including the measurement of uncertain tax positions.

Reclassifications -

Certain amounts reported in previous periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

Adoption of New Accounting Standard –

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an update, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity.  This update changes the requirements for determining whether a component is included in discontinued operations.  The update will be effective for Acxiom in fiscal 2016, with early application allowed.  Management does not expect a significant impact from implementation of this update.

In May 2014, the FASB issued an update, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.  This update supersedes all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, as well as some cost guidance and guidance on certain gains and losses.  The effective date for the update has been deferred until fiscal 2019 for Acxiom, with early application allowed for fiscal 2018.  Application of the new update may either be applied retrospectively to all periods reported, with certain practical expedients allowed, or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initial application recognized at the date of initial application.  The Company has not yet assessed the impact of implementation of the new guidance, nor determined which implementation method to use.

 
F-30

 
Cash and Cash Equivalents -

The Company considers all highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable -

Accounts receivable include amounts billed to customers as well as unbilled amounts recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policies, as stated below.  Unbilled amounts included in accounts receivable, which generally arise from the delivery of data and performance of services to customers in advance of billings, were $20.9 million and $20.6 million, respectively, at March 31, 2015 and 2014.

Accounts receivable are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts.  The Company evaluates its allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of factors at each reporting date.  Each account or group of accounts is evaluated based on specific information known to management regarding each customer’s ability or inability to pay, as well as historical experience for each customer or group of customers, the length of time the receivable has been outstanding, and current economic conditions in the customer’s industry.  Accounts receivable that are determined to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Property and Equipment -

Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation and amortization are calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows: buildings and improvements, up to 30 years; data processing equipment, 2 - 5 years, and office furniture and other equipment, 3 - 7 years.

Property held under capitalized lease arrangements is included in property and equipment, and the associated liabilities are included in long-term debt.  Amortization of property under capitalized leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense.  Property and equipment taken out of service and held for sale is recorded at the lower of depreciated cost or net realizable value and depreciation is ceased.

Leases -

Rent expense on operating leases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease agreement.

Software and Research and Development Costs

Costs of internally developed software are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining estimated economic life of the software product, generally two to five years, or the amortization that would be recorded by using the ratio of gross revenues for a product to total current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product, whichever is greater.  The Company capitalizes software development costs following accounting standards regarding the costs of computer software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed or the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use.  Although there are differences in the two accounting standards, depending on whether a product is intended for internal use or to be provided to customers, both accounting standards generally require that research and development costs incurred prior to establishing technological feasibility or the beginning of the application development stage of software products are charged to operations as such costs are incurred.  Once technological feasibility is established or the application development stage has begun, costs are capitalized until the software is available for general release.  Amortization expense related to internally developed software is included in cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Purchased Software Licenses -

Costs of purchased software licenses are amortized using a units-of-production basis over the estimated economic life of the license, generally not to exceed ten years.  Amortization of software is included in cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Some of these licenses are, in effect, volume purchase agreements for software licenses needed for internal use and to provide services to customers over the terms of the agreements.  Therefore, amortization lives are periodically
 
 
F-31

 
reevaluated and, if justified, adjusted to reflect current and future expected usage based on units-of-production amortization.  Factors considered in estimating remaining useful life include, but are not limited to, contract provisions of the underlying licenses, introduction of new mainframe hardware which is compatible with previous generation software, predictions of continuing viability of mainframe architecture, and customers’ continuing commitments to utilize mainframe architecture and the software under contract.

Goodwill -

The excess of the purchase price over fair value of net identifiable assets and liabilities of an acquired business (“goodwill”) and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but rather tested for impairment, at least annually.  The Company tests for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment during the first quarter of its fiscal year.
The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the goodwill of a reporting unit may not be fully recoverable. Recoverability is measured at the reporting unit level based on the provisions of the authoritative literature.

The Company measures recoverability of goodwill for each reporting unit using multiple valuation techniques, including a discounted cash flow model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved, which is classified as a Level 3 measurement under fair value measurement authoritative guidance.  If the calculated fair value is less than the current carrying value, impairment of the reporting unit may exist. When the recoverability test indicates potential impairment, the Company and a third-party valuation consultant will calculate an implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how goodwill is calculated in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded to write down the carrying value. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit but may indicate certain long-lived and amortizable intangible assets associated with the reporting unit may require additional impairment testing.

Completion of the Company’s annual impairment test during the quarter ended June 30, 2014 indicated no potential impairment of its goodwill balances.  The Company expects to complete its next annual impairment test during the quarter ending June 30, 2015.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, triggering events occurred which required the Company to test the goodwill of its Australia Marketing and Data Services unit for impairment, however, the results of the interim test indicated no impairment (see note 6). During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, triggering events occurred which required the Company to test the goodwill and certain other assets of its European Marketing and Data Services unit and its Other Services unit for impairment.  Results of the two-step test indicated impairment.  The Company recorded goodwill impairment charges of $23.3 million during fiscal 2014 (see note 6).  During the quarter ended March 31, 2013, triggering events occurred which required the Company to test the goodwill of its European Marketing and Data Services unit for impairment, however, the results of the interim test indicated no impairment (see note 6).

Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Long-lived Assets to Be Disposed Of -

Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles as well as equity investments are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  The Company considers factors such as operating losses, declining outlooks, and business conditions when evaluating the necessity for an impairment analysis.  Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset.  If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.  Assets to be disposed of shall be classified as held for sale and are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, in conjunction with the goodwill impairment test noted above, the Company also tested certain database assets and other long-lived assets in the affected units for impairment.  The Company recorded impairment charges of $4.6 million related to data assets and $0.9 million related to other long-lived assets (see note 6).


F-32

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



Deferred Costs and Data Acquisition Costs -

The Company defers certain costs, primarily salaries and benefits and other direct and incremental third party costs, in connection with client contracts and various other contracts and arrangements.  Direct and incremental costs incurred during the setup phase under client contracts for database management or for IT management arrangements are deferred until such time as the database or the outsourcing services are operational and revenue recognition begins.  These costs are directly related to the individual client, are to be used specifically for the individual client and have no other use or future benefit.  In addition, revenue recognition of billings, if any, related to these setup activities are deferred during the setup phase.  All deferred costs and billings are then amortized as contract revenue recognition occurs over the remaining term of the arrangement.  During the period when costs are being deferred, the Company performs a net realizable value review on a quarterly basis to ensure that the deferred costs are recoverable through either 1) recognition of previously deferred revenue, 2) future minimum contractual billings or 3) billings in excess of contractual minimum billings that can be reasonably estimated and are deemed likely to occur.  Once revenue recognition begins, these deferred costs are assessed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.  Some contracts contain provisions allowing the customer to request reductions in pricing if they can demonstrate that the Company charges lower prices for similar services to other customers, or if the prices charged are higher than certain benchmarks.  Any resulting reduction in pricing is only implemented on a prospective basis.  If pricing is renegotiated, deferred costs are assessed for impairment.

The test of recoverability is performed by comparing the carrying value of the asset to its undiscounted expected future cash flows.  If such review indicates that the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the sum of its expected future cash flows, the asset’s carrying amount is written down to its estimated fair value.  Fair value is determined by an internally developed discounted projected cash flow analysis of the asset.

In addition to client contract costs, the Company defers direct and incremental costs incurred in connection with obtaining other contracts, including debt facilities, lease facilities, and various other arrangements.  Costs deferred in connection with obtaining scheduled debt facilities are amortized over the term of the arrangement using the interest method.  Costs deferred in connection with lease facilities or revolving credit facilities are amortized over the term of the arrangement on a straight-line basis.

The Company also defers certain costs related to the acquisition or licensing of data for the Company’s proprietary databases which are used in providing data products and services to customers.  These costs are amortized over the useful life of the data, which is from two to seven years.  In order to estimate the useful life of any acquired data, the Company considers several factors including 1) the type of data acquired, 2) whether the data becomes stale over time, 3) to what extent the data will be replaced by updated data over time, 4) whether the stale data continues to have value as historical data, 5) whether a license places restrictions on the use of the data, and 6) the term of the license.

Deferred Revenue -

Deferred revenue consists of amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized.  Deferred revenues are subsequently recorded as revenue in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policies.

Revenue Recognition -

The Company provides database management and IT management services under long-term arrangements.  These arrangements may require the Company to perform setup activities such as the design and build of a database for the customer under the database management contracts and migration of the customer’s IT environment under IT management contracts.  In some cases, the arrangements also contain provisions requiring customer acceptance of the setup activities prior to commencement of the ongoing services arrangement.  Up-front fees billed during the setup phase for these arrangements are deferred and setup costs that are direct and incremental to the contract are capitalized.  Revenue recognition does not begin until after customer acceptance in cases where contracts contain acceptance provisions.  Once the setup phase is complete and customer acceptance occurs, the Company recognizes revenue and the related costs for each element as delivered.  In situations where the arrangement does not require customer acceptance before the Company begins providing services, revenue is recognized for each element as delivered and no costs are deferred.

The Company evaluates its database management and IT management arrangements to determine whether the arrangement contains a lease.  If the arrangement is determined to contain a lease, applicable accounting standards require the Company to account for the lease component separately from the remaining components of the arrangement.  In cases where database management or IT management arrangements are determined to include a lease, the lease is evaluated to determine whether it is a capital lease or operating lease and accounted for accordingly.  These lease revenues are not significant to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
F-33

 

Sales of third-party software, hardware and certain other equipment are recognized when delivered.  If such sales are part of a multiple-element arrangement, they are recognized as a separate element unless collection of the sales price is dependent upon delivery of other products or services.  Additionally, the Company evaluates revenue from the sale of data, software, hardware and equipment in accordance with accounting standards to determine whether such revenue should be recognized on a gross or a net basis.  All of the factors in the accounting standards are considered with the primary factor being whether the Company is the primary obligor in the arrangement.  “Out-of-pocket” expenses incurred by, and reimbursed to, the Company in connection with customer contracts are recorded as gross revenue.

Revenues from onboarding customer data into digital marketing applications are recognized as the services are delivered over the contract.

Revenues from the licensing of data are recognized upon delivery of the data to the customer.  Revenue from the licensing of data to the customer in circumstances where the license agreement contains a volume cap is recognized in proportion to the total records to be delivered under the arrangement.  Revenue from the sale of data on a per-record basis is recognized as the records are delivered.

The relative selling price for each unit of accounting in a multiple-element arrangement is established using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), if available, third-party evidence (TPE), if available, or management’s best estimate of stand-alone selling price (BESP).  In most cases, the Company has neither VSOE nor TPE and therefore uses BESP.  The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis.  Management’s BESP is determined by considering multiple factors including actual contractual selling prices when the item is sold on a stand-alone basis, as well as market conditions, competition, internal costs, profit objectives and pricing practices.  The amount of revenue recognized for a delivered element is limited to an amount that is not contingent upon future delivery of additional products or services.  As pricing and marketing strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes to BESP, or to the development of VSOE or TPE for individual products or services.  As a result, future revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements could differ from recognition in the current period.  Our relative selling prices are analyzed on an annual basis, or more frequently if we experience significant changes in selling prices.

All taxes assessed on revenue-producing transactions described above are presented on a net basis, or excluded from revenues.

The Company also performs services on a project basis outside of, or in addition to, the scope of long-term arrangements.  The Company recognizes revenue from these services as the services are performed.

Some contracts contain benchmarking provisions or provisions allowing the customer to request a future reduction in pricing under certain circumstances.  Any resulting reduction in pricing is only implemented on a prospective basis.  The Company’s contracts provide a warranty that the services or products will meet the agreed-upon criteria or any necessary modifications will be made.  The Company ensures that services or products delivered meet the agreed-upon criteria prior to recognition of revenue.

Concentration of Credit Risk -

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts, unbilled and notes receivable.  The Company’s receivables are from a large number of customers.  Accordingly, the Company’s credit risk is affected by general economic conditions.  The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. Management, however, believes the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held.


F-34

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



Income Taxes -

The Company and its domestic subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return.  The Company’s foreign subsidiaries file separate income tax returns in the countries in which their operations are based.

The Company provides for deferred taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be reversed. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount whose realization is more likely than not. In determining the recognition of uncertain tax positions, the Company applies a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold and determines the measurement of uncertain tax positions considering the amounts and probabilities of the outcomes that could be realized upon ultimate settlement with taxing authorities. Income taxes payable are classified in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets based on their estimated payment date.

Foreign Currency Translation -

The balance sheets of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated at period-end rates of exchange, and the statements of operations are translated at the weighted-average exchange rate for the period.  Gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss).

Advertising Expense -

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred.  Advertising expense was approximately $5.4 million, $6.0 million and $5.3 million for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Advertising expense is included in selling, general and administrative expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Guarantees -

The Company accounts for the guarantees of indebtedness of others under applicable accounting standards which require a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of the guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee.  A guarantor is also required to make additional disclosures in its financial statements about obligations under certain guarantees issued.  The Company’s liability for the fair value of guarantees is not material (see note 11).

Loss Contingencies and Legal Expenses -

The Company records a liability for loss contingencies when the liability is probable and reasonably estimable.  Legal fees associated with loss contingencies are recorded when the legal fees are incurred.


F-35

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



Earnings (Loss) per Share -

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share is shown below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

(dollars in thousands)
 
 
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                 
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (9,147 )   $ 10,992     $ 55,825  
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations
    (1,884 )     (2,189 )     1,294  
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (11,031 )   $ 8,803     $ 57,119  
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
    -       (60 )     (488 )
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Acxiom
  $ (11,031 )   $ 8,863     $ 57,607  
                         
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding
    77,106       74,690       74,814  
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.15     $ 0.75  
Discontinued operations
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )     0.02  
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.76  
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (0.00 )     (0.00 )     (0.01 )
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Acxiom
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.77  
                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding
    77,106       74,690       74,814  
Dilutive effect of common stock options, warrants, and restricted stock as computed under the treasury stock method
    -       2,264       1,683  
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding
    77,106       76,954       76,497  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.14     $ 0.73  
Discontinued operations
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )     0.02  
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.75  
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (0.00 )     (0.00 )     (0.01 )
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Acxiom
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.75  

Some earnings (loss) per share amounts may not add due to rounding.

Due to the net loss incurred by the Company in fiscal 2015, the dilutive effect of options, warrants and restricted stock units covering 1.4 million shares of common stock was excluded from the earnings per share calculation since the impact on the calculation was anti-dilutive. Additional options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock and restricted stock units, including performance-based restricted stock units not meeting performance criteria, that were outstanding during the periods presented but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect was anti-dilutive are shown below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Number of shares outstanding under options, warrants and restricted stock units
    1,829       834       6,709  
Range of exercise prices for options and warrants
  $ 19.18-$62.06     $ 29.30-$62.06     $ 13.10-$62.06  


F-36

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



Share-based Compensation -

The Company accounts for share-based compensation under applicable accounting standards which require the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments (including stock options) based on the grant-date fair value of the award to be recognized in the statement of operations over the service period of the award.  Expense for awards with graded vesting is recognized on a straight-line basis over the service period of the entire award.

Share-based Compensation Plans -

The Company has stock option plans and equity compensation plans (collectively referred to as the “share-based plans”) administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors under which options and restricted stock units were outstanding as of March 31, 2015.

The Company’s equity compensation plan provides that all associates (employees, officers, directors, affiliates, independent contractors or consultants) are eligible to receive awards (grant of any option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock award, restricted stock unit award, performance award, performance share, performance unit, qualified performance-based award, or other stock unit award) under the plan with the terms and conditions applicable to an award set forth in applicable grant documents.

Incentive stock option awards granted under the share-based plans cannot be granted with an exercise price less than 100% of the per-share market value of the Company’s shares at the date of grant and have a maximum duration of ten years from the date of grant.  Board policy currently requires that nonqualified options also must be priced at or above the fair market value of the common stock at the time of grant with a maximum duration of ten years.

Restricted stock units may be issued under the equity compensation plan and represent the right to receive shares in the future by way of an award agreement which includes vesting provisions.  Award agreements can further provide for forfeitures triggered by certain prohibited activities, such as breach of confidentiality.  All restricted stock units will be expensed over the vesting period as adjusted for estimated forfeitures.  The vesting of some restricted stock units is subject to the Company’s achievement of certain performance criteria, as well as the individual remaining employed by the Company for a period of years.

The Company also has outstanding performance-based stock appreciation rights and performance-based stock units. These are expensed over the vesting period of the award.

The Company receives income tax deductions as a result of the exercise of stock options and the vesting of other stock-based awards.  The tax benefit of share-based compensation expense in excess of the book compensation expense is reflected as a financing cash inflow and operating cash outflow included in changes in operating assets and liabilities.  The Company has elected the short-cut method in accounting for the tax benefits of share-based payment awards.

Hedging -
 
The Company has entered into an interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge against LIBOR interest rate movements on the term loan.  All changes in fair value of the derivative are deferred and recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the related forecasted transaction is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.  The fair value of the interest rate swap agreement recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) may be recognized in the statement of operations if certain terms of the floating-rate debt change, if the floating-rate debt is extinguished or if the interest rate swap agreement is terminated prior to maturity.

Derivatives -

Derivative financial instruments are valued in the market using regression analysis. Significant inputs to the derivative valuation for interest rate swaps are observable in active markets and are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.


F-37

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



Restructuring -
 
The Company records costs associated with employee terminations and other exit activity in accordance with applicable accounting standards, depending on whether the costs relate to exit or disposal activities under the accounting standards, or whether they are other post-employment termination benefits.  Under applicable accounting standards related to exit or disposal costs, the Company records employee termination benefits as an operating expense when the benefit arrangement is communicated to the employee and no significant future services are required.  Under the accounting standards related to post employment termination benefits the Company records employee termination benefits when the termination benefits are probable and can be estimated.  The Company recognizes the present value of facility lease termination obligations, net of estimated sublease income and other exit costs, when the Company has future payments with no future economic benefit or a commitment to pay the termination costs of a prior commitment. In future periods the Company will record accretion expense to increase the liability to an amount equal to the estimated future cash payments necessary to exit the leases. This requires a significant amount of judgment and management estimation in order to determine the expected time frame it will take to secure a subtenant, the amount of sublease income to be received and the appropriate discount rate to calculate the present value of the future cash flows. Should actual lease exit costs differ from estimates, the Company may be required to adjust the restructuring charge which will impact net income in the period any adjustment is recorded.

2.           RESTRUCTURING, IMPAIRMENT AND OTHER CHARGES:

The following table summarizes the restructuring activity included in gains, losses and other items, net in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):

   
Reserves included in other accrued expenses and other liabilities:
 
   
Associate-related reserves
   
Lease
accruals
   
Total
 
March 31, 2012
  $ 9,597     $ 11,049     $ 20,646  
Restructuring charges and adjustments
    2,577       58       2,635  
Payments
    (8,485 )     (2,086 )     (10,571 )
March 31, 2013
  $ 3,689     $ 9,021     $ 12,710  
Restructuring charges and adjustments
    13,916       3,796       17,712  
Payments
    (11,063 )     (2,600 )     (13,663 )
March 31, 2014
  $ 6,542     $ 10,217     $ 16,759  
Restructuring charges and adjustments
    13,757       8,061       21,818  
Payments
    (13,088 )     (4,628 )     (17,716 )
March 31, 2015
  $ 7,211     $ 13,650     $ 20,861  
                         
Restructuring Plans

In fiscal 2015, the Company recorded a total of $23.8 million in restructuring charges and adjustments included in gains, losses and other items, net in the consolidated statement of operations.  The expense included severance and other associate-related charges of $13.8 million, lease accruals of $8.1 million, and the write-off of leasehold improvements of $2.0 million.

The associate-related accruals of $13.8 million relate to the termination of associates in the United States, Europe, Australia, and China and include an increase of $0.7 million to the fiscal 2014 restructuring plan.  Of the amount accrued for 2015, $7.2 million remained accrued as of March 31, 2015.  These costs are expected to be paid out in fiscal 2016.

The lease accruals of $8.1 million were evaluated under the accounting standards which govern exit costs and include increases of $0.6 million and $0.7 million to the fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2008 restructuring plans, respectively.  These accounting standards require the Company to make an accrual for the liability for lease costs that will continue to be incurred without economic benefit to the Company upon the date that the Company ceases using the leased properties.  The Company has ceased using certain leased office facilities.  The Company intends to attempt to sublease the facilities to the extent possible.  The Company established a liability for the fair value of the remaining lease
 
 
F-38

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
 
 
payments, partially offset by the estimated sublease payments to be received over the course of the leases.  The fair value of these liabilities is based on a net present value model using a credit-adjusted risk-free rate.  The liability will be paid out over the remainder of the leased properties’ terms, which continue through November 2021.  Actual sublease terms may differ from the estimates originally made by the Company.  Any future changes in the estimates or in the actual sublease income could require future adjustments to the liabilities, which would impact net earnings (loss) in the period the adjustment is recorded.  Of the amount accrued for 2015, $4.9 million remained accrued as of March 31, 2015.

In fiscal 2014, the Company recorded a total of $17.7 million in restructuring charges and adjustments included in gains, losses and other items, net in the consolidated statement of operations.  The expense includes severance and other associate-related charges of $13.9 million and lease accruals of $3.8 million. The associate-related accruals of $13.9 million relate to the termination of associates in the United States, Australia, China, and Europe.  These costs were paid out by the end of fiscal 2015.

The lease accruals of $3.8 million were evaluated under the accounting standards which govern exit costs.  The liability will be paid out over the remainder of the leased property’s term, which continues through November 2021.  Any future changes in the estimates or in the actual sublease income could require future adjustments to the liability for this lease, which would impact net income in the period the adjustment is recorded.  The remaining amount accrued at March 31, 2015 is $3.4 million.

In fiscal 2013, the Company recorded a total of $2.6 million in restructuring charges and adjustments included in gains, losses and other items, net in the consolidated statement of operations.  The expense included severance and other associate-related payments of $2.6 million and lease accruals of $0.1 million.  The associate-related accruals of $2.6 million relate to the termination of associates in the United States, Australia, and Europe.  All of these costs were paid out by the end of fiscal 2015.

As part of its restructuring plans in fiscal years prior to fiscal 2013, the Company recorded lease accruals included in gains, losses and other items, net in the consolidated statement of operations.  The lease accruals were evaluated under the accounting standards which govern exit costs.  These liabilities will be paid out over the remainder of the leased properties’ terms, of which the longest continues through November 2021.  Any future changes in the estimates or in the actual sublease income could require future adjustments to the liability for these leases, which would impact net income in the period the adjustment is recorded.  The remaining amount accrued at March 31, 2015 is $5.4 million.

Gains, Losses and Other Items

Gains, losses and other items for each of the years presented are as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Restructuring plan charges and adjustments
  $ 23,794     $ 17,712     $ 2,635  
Legal contingencies
    -       4,202       -  
LiveRamp acquisition-related costs (see note 3)
    820       -       -  
Other
    19       -       (884 )
    $ 24,633     $ 21,914     $ 1,751  


F-39

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



3.           ACQUISITIONS:

LiveRamp
On July 1, 2014, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of LiveRamp, Inc. (“LiveRamp”), a leading service provider for onboarding customer data into digital marketing applications.  As a result of this transaction, LiveRamp is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.  The Company acquired LiveRamp to, among other things, provide clients with solutions for bringing offline customer data online with better matching, more connectivity, and faster onboarding.  The Company has included the financial results of LiveRamp in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.  LiveRamp is included in the Marketing and Data Services segment.  The acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred for LiveRamp was approximately $272.7 million which consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

   
July 1, 2014
 
Cash, net of $12.0 million cash acquired
  $ 234,672  
Restricted cash held in escrow
    31,000  
Fair value of stock options issued included in purchase price
    6,978  
Total fair value of consideration transferred
  $ 272,650  
         
The fair value of the stock options issued by the Company was determined using a binomial lattice approach (see note 12).  The total fair value of the stock options issued was $30.5 million of which $7.0 million was allocated to the purchase consideration and $23.5 million was allocated to future services and will be expensed over the remaining service periods on a straight-line basis, net of any forfeitures.

On the acquisition date, the Company delivered $31.0 million of cash to an escrow agent according to the terms of the purchase agreement.  The cash is restricted as to withdrawal or use by the Company and is expected to be delivered to the LiveRamp sellers one year from the acquisition date.  The escrowed cash can be used to reimburse the Company for any indemnification claims against the sellers, as described in the purchase agreement.  The principal escrow amount is owned by the Company until funds are delivered to the LiveRamp sellers.  All interest and earnings on the principal escrow amount remain property of the Company.  The restricted cash is reported as restricted cash held in escrow, with an offsetting liability reported as acquisition escrow payable, on the consolidated balance sheet.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition (dollars in thousands):

   
July 1, 2014
 
Assets acquired:
     
Cash
  $ 12,016  
Trade accounts receivable
    5,206  
Deferred income tax assets
    10,444  
Goodwill
    213,093  
Developed technology (Software)
    40,000  
Other intangible assets (Other assets, net)
    26,500  
Other current and noncurrent assets
    1,306  
      308,565  
Deferred income tax liabilities
    (18,945 )
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and deferred revenue
    (4,954 )
Net assets acquired
    284,666  
Less:
       
Cash acquired
    12,016  
Net purchase price allocated
  $ 272,650  
Less:
       
Fair value of stock options issued included in purchase price
    6,978  
Net cash paid
  $ 265,672  
         
The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill and is primarily attributed to expectations to continue to develop future technology and products related to the onboarding of customer data into digital marketing applications, development of future customer relationships, and LiveRamp’s assembled workforce.  The fair values assigned to tangible and identifiable
 
 
 
F-40

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
 
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on preliminary calculations and valuations and on management’s estimates and assumptions and were based on the information that was available as of the date of the acquisition.  The Company believes that the information provides a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, but certain items such as current and noncurrent income taxes payable and deferred taxes may be subject to change as additional information is received and certain tax returns are finalized.  Therefore, the provisional measurements of fair value shown above are subject to change.  Any adjustments required will result in adjustment to goodwill. The Company will finalize purchase price adjustments prior to July 1, 2015.   The goodwill balance is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

The fair value of trade accounts receivable consisted of $5.2 million of gross accounts receivable, of which an immaterial amount is expected to be uncollectible.  The amounts allocated to other intangible assets in the table above included developed technology, customer relationships, and a trade name.  Intangible assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 2 to 6 years. The following table presents the components of intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives as of the acquisition date (dollars in thousands):

   
Fair value
   
Useful life
 (in years)
 
Developed technology
  $ 40,000       4  
Customer relationships
    25,000       6  
Trade name
    1,500       2  
Total intangible assets subject to amortization
  $ 66,500          
                 

The amounts of revenue and loss of LiveRamp included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations from the acquisition date of July 1, 2014 to March 31, 2015 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Revenues
  $ 27,030  
Net loss
  $ (16,549 )
         
The $17.7 million net loss reported above includes pretax expenses of $11.2 million of intangible asset amortization associated with acquired LiveRamp intangible assets and $16.9 million of non-cash share-based compensation expense.

Following are the Company’s supplemental consolidated results on an unaudited pro forma basis, as if the LiveRamp acquisition had taken place at the beginning of each of the fiscal years presented (dollars in thousands, except per-share amounts):

   
2015
   
2014
 
Revenues
  $ 1,026,767     $ 1,081,518  
Net loss attributable to Acxiom
  $ (16,402 )   $ (11,936 )
Diluted loss per share
  $ (0.21 )   $ (0.16 )

These pro forma results are based on estimates and assumptions, which we believe are reasonable.  They are not the results that would have been realized had we been a combined company during the periods presented and are not necessarily indicative of our consolidated results of operations in future periods.  The pro forma results include adjustments primarily related to purchase accounting adjustments, including amortization expense of $3.7 million and $14.9 million for fiscal years 2015 and 2014, respectively, related to acquired intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense of approximately $5.0 million and $21.3 million for fiscal years 2015 and 2014, respectively, related to unvested stock options and restricted stock units issued to former LiveRamp employees, and the related income tax effects as though the acquisition occurred as of the beginning of the Company’s fiscal years 2015 and 2014.

During fiscal year 2015, the Company incurred $0.8 million of acquisition costs related to the purchase of LiveRamp.  The costs are included in gains, losses, and other items, net on the consolidated statement of operations.


F-41

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



GoDigital
During fiscal 2014, the Company acquired the balance of the outstanding equity interests it did not already own in its GoDigital subsidiary in Brazil for $0.6 million.  As a result, the subsidiary is now wholly-owned and the Company reduced its $0.4 million carrying value of the noncontrolling interest to zero and adjusted its equity investment by $1.0 million in additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheet.

Other Intangible Assets -

The amounts allocated to other intangible assets from acquisitions include software, customer relationship intangibles and trademarks.  Amortization lives for those intangibles range from two years to six years.  The following table shows the amortization activity of purchased intangible assets (dollars in thousands):

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Developed technology assets, gross (Software)
  $ 42,524     $ 3,485     $ 18,014  
Accumulated amortization
    (9,924 )     (3,297 )     (17,881 )
Net developed technology assets
  $ 32,600     $ 188     $ 133  
                         
Customer/trademark assets, gross (Other assets)
  $ 34,166     $ 7,674     $ 18,823  
Accumulated amortization
    (11,265 )     (7,393 )     (18,259 )
Net customer/trademark assets
  $ 22,901     $ 281     $ 564  
                         
Total intangible assets, gross
  $ 76,690     $ 11,159     $ 36,837  
Total accumulated amortization
    (21,189 )     (10,690 )     (36,140 )
Net intangible assets
  $ 55,501     $ 469     $ 697  
                         
Amortization expense
  $ 11,447     $ 340     $ 1,671  

The intangible assets in the table above will be amortized over the next six years.

4.           DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:

On May 30, 2014, the Company substantially completed the sale of its U.K. call center operation, 2Touch, to Parseq Ltd., a European business process outsourcing service provider.  Some assets of the 2Touch operation were subject to a second closing, which occurred in March 2015, resulting in the complete disposal of the operation.  The 2Touch business qualified for treatment as discontinued operations during fiscal 2015.  The results of operations, cash flows, and the balance sheet amounts pertaining to 2Touch have been classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

Prior to receiving the discontinued operations classification, the 2Touch business unit was included in the Other Services segment in the Company’s segment results.  However, beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2015, the 2Touch business unit was excluded from segment results and segregated as discontinued operations.


F-42

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



Summary results of operations of the 2Touch business unit for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are segregated and included in earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, in the consolidated statements of operations and are as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Revenues
  $ 8,484     $ 35,267     $ 31,201  
                         
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
  $ 4     $ (2,189 )   $ 1,703  
Loss on sale of discontinued operations before income taxes
    (1,888 )     -       -  
Income taxes
    -       -       (409 )
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ (1,884 )   $ (2,189 )   $ 1,294  
                         

The carrying amounts of the major classes of assets and liabilities of the 2Touch business unit are segregated and included in assets from discontinued operations and liabilities from discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheets and are as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
March 31,
2015
   
March 31,
 2014
 
Trade accounts receivable, net
  $ 112     $ 6,451  
Other current assets
    -       881  
Assets from discontinued operations
  $ 112     $ 7,332  
                 
Trade accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ -     $ 4  
Accrued payroll and related expenses
    -       1,790  
Other accrued expenses
    1,008       2,350  
Deferred revenue
    -       106  
Liabilities from discontinued operations
  $ 1,008     $ 4,250  
                 

5.           OTHER CURRENT AND NONCURRENT ASSETS:

Other current assets consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

   
March 31,
2015
   
March 31,
 2014
 
Prepaid expenses
  $ 31,391     $ 40,339  
Assets of non-qualified retirement plan
    14,174       13,900  
Other miscellaneous assets
    117       245  
Other current assets
  $ 45,682     $ 54,484  

Other noncurrent assets consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

   
March 31,
2015
   
March 31,
 2014
 
Acquired intangible assets, net
  $ 22,901     $ 281  
Deferred data acquisition costs
    2,347       4,502  
Deferred expenses
    7,939       16,143  
Other miscellaneous noncurrent assets
    3,267       3,551  
Noncurrent assets
  $ 36,454     $ 24,477  



F-43

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



6.           GOODWILL:

Goodwill is measured and tested for impairment on an annual basis in the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year in accordance with applicable accounting standards, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist.  Triggering events for interim impairment testing include indicators such as adverse industry or economic trends, restructuring actions, downward revisions to projections of financial performance, or a sustained decline in market capitalization.  The performance of the impairment test involves a two-step process.  The first step requires comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its net book value, including goodwill.  A potential impairment exists if the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is lower than its net book value.  The second step of the impairment test involves assigning the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its identifiable assets, with any residual fair value being assigned to goodwill.  If the carrying value of an individual indefinite-lived intangible asset (including goodwill) exceeds its estimated fair value, such asset is written down by an amount equal to the excess, and a corresponding amount is recorded as a charge to operations for the period in which the impairment test is completed.  Completion of the Company’s annual impairment test during the quarter ended June 30, 2014 indicated no potential impairment of its goodwill balances.

The carrying amount of goodwill, by operating segment, at March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, and the changes in those balances are presented in the following table (dollars in thousands).

   
Marketing and Data Services
   
IT Infrastructure Management
   
Other Services
   
Total
 
Balance at March 31, 2013
  $ 306,854     $ 71,508     $ 2,767     $ 381,129  
Goodwill impairment
    (20,283 )     -       (3,030 )     (23,313 )
Acquisition
    350       -       -       350  
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment
    (45 )     -       263       218  
Balance at March 31, 2014
  $ 286,876     $ 71,508     $ -     $ 358,384  
Acquisition
    213,093       -       -       213,093  
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment
    (2,607 )     -       -       (2,607 )
Balance at March 31, 2015
  $ 497,362     $ 71,508     $ -     $ 568,870  

Year end balances in the table above are net of accumulated impairment losses of $114.2 million at March 31, 2015 and 2014.

Goodwill by component included in Marketing and Data Services as of March 31, 2015 is US, $479.9 million; Australia, $10.9 million; Asia, $6.0 million; and Brazil, $0.6 million.

In order to estimate the fair value for each of the components, management uses an income approach based on a discounted cash flow model together with valuations based on an analysis of public company market multiples and a similar transactions analysis.

The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model include discount rates, growth rates, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates, growth rates and cash flow projections are the most sensitive and susceptible to change as they require significant management judgment. Discount rates are determined by using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). The WACC considers market and industry data as well as company-specific risk factors for each reporting unit in determining the appropriate discount rate to be used. The discount rate utilized for each reporting unit is indicative of the return an investor would expect to receive for investing in such a business. Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and cash flow projections for each reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.

The public company market multiple method is used to estimate values for each of the components by looking at market value multiples to revenue and EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) for
 
 
F-44

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
 
selected public companies that are believed to be representative of companies that marketplace participants would use to arrive at comparable multiples for the individual component being tested.  These multiples are then used to develop an estimated value for each respective component.

The similar transactions method compares multiples based on acquisition prices of other companies believed to be those that marketplace participants would use to compare to the individual component being tested.  Those multiples are then used to develop an estimated value for that component.

In order to arrive at an estimated value for each component, management uses a weighted-average approach to combine the results of each analysis.  Management believes that using multiple valuation approaches and then weighting them appropriately is a technique that a marketplace participant would use.
 
 
As a final test of the annual valuation results, the total of the values of the components is reconciled to the actual market value of Acxiom common stock as of the valuation date.  Management believes the resulting control premium is reasonable compared to historical control premiums observed in actual transactions.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as either an operating segment or one step below an operating segment, known as a component.  At April 1, 2014, Acxiom’s segments were the Marketing and Data Services segment and the IT Infrastructure Management segment.  Because the Marketing and Data Services segment contains both U.S. and International components, and there are differences in economic characteristics between the components in the different geographic regions, management tested a total of five components at the beginning of the year.  The goodwill amounts as of April 1, 2014 included in each component tested were:  U.S. Marketing and Data Services, $266.7 million; Australia Marketing and Data Services, $13.3 million; China Marketing and Data Services, $6.0 million; Brazil Marketing and Data Services, $0.9 million; and U.S. IT Infrastructure Management, $71.5 million.

As of April 1, 2014, each of the components had an estimated fair value in excess of its carrying value, indicating no impairment.  All of the components had an excess fair value exceeding 35%, except for U.S. IT Infrastructure Management.  The fair value of the U.S. IT Infrastructure Management segment has decreased by a significant amount since the prior annual test as a result of client contract terminations.  If the U.S. IT Infrastructure Management segment experiences additional client losses in the future, this could lead to a further deterioration in value, which could lead to an impairment in the future.

Each quarter the Company considers whether indicators of impairment exist such that additional impairment testing may be necessary.  During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, a triggering event occurred which required the Company to test the recoverability of the goodwill associated with its Australia Marketing and Data Services reporting unit.  The triggering event was a lowering of projections associated with the Australian unit.  The results of step one of the test indicated the goodwill was not impaired, although the fair value of the component had decreased significantly compared to the previous annual test.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, triggering events occurred which required the Company to test the recoverability of goodwill associated with its European Marketing and Data Services reporting unit and its Other Services reporting unit.  The triggering event was the initiation of a restructuring of the European Marketing and Data Services unit.  The restructuring includes exiting the analog paper survey business in Europe.  The triggering event related to the Other Services reporting unit was a potential exit from that business.  In addition to testing the recoverability of goodwill, the Company also tested certain other long-lived assets in those units for impairment. In the case of the Other Services unit, the step one fair value indicated that all of the goodwill and other long-lived assets were impaired.  Therefore there was no need to perform detailed step two calculations in order to conclude that all of the goodwill and other long-lived assets of this unit should be written off.  In the case of the European Marketing and Data Services unit, the Company first tested certain data assets within the unit, and concluded that $4.6 million of these data assets were impaired and should be written off.  Then the Company performed step one of the two-step goodwill test, which indicated the goodwill was impaired.  Step two of the goodwill test required the Company to perform a hypothetical purchase price allocation, under which the estimated fair value was allocated to the unit’s tangible and intangible assets based on their estimated fair values.  This hypothetical purchase price allocation indicated that all of the unit’s goodwill should be written off.  The amount of impairment for the European Marketing and Data Services unit was $25.0 million, of which $20.3 million was goodwill and $4.6 million related to data assets.  The amount of impairment for the Other Services unit was $3.9 million, of which $3.0 million was goodwill and $0.9 million was other assets, primarily property and equipment. The impairment related to the Other Services unit is now included in discontinued operations.

 
 
F-45

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2013, triggering events occurred which required the Company to test the goodwill in its European Marketing and Data Services unit for impairment.  The triggering events included the revision of the Company’s long-term projections in conjunction with the fiscal 2014 budget.  However, the results of the interim test indicated no impairment.

Management believes that the estimated valuations it arrived at are reasonable and consistent with what other marketplace participants would use in valuing the Company’s components.  However, management cannot give any assurance that these market values will not change in the future.  For example, if discount rates demanded by the market increase, this could lead to reduced valuations under the income approach.  If the Company’s projections are not achieved in the future, this could lead management to reassess their assumptions and lead to reduced valuations under the income approach.  If the market price of the Company’s stock decreases, this could cause the Company to reassess the reasonableness of the implied control premium, which might cause management to assume a higher discount rate under the income approach which could lead to reduced valuations.  If future similar transactions exhibit lower multiples than those observed in the past, this could lead to reduced valuations under the similar transactions approach.  And finally, if there is a general decline in the stock market and particularly in those companies selected as comparable to the Company’s components, this could lead to reduced valuations under the public company market multiple approach.  The Company’s next annual impairment test will be performed during the first quarter of fiscal 2016.  The fair value of the Company’s components could deteriorate which could result in the need to record impairment charges in future periods.  The Company continues to monitor potential triggering events including changes in the business climate in which it operates, attrition of key personnel, the volatility in the capital markets, the Company’s market capitalization compared to its book value, the Company’s recent operating performance, and the Company’s financial projections.  The occurrence of one or more triggering events could require additional impairment testing, which could result in impairment charges.

7.           SOFTWARE AND RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS:

The Company recorded amortization expense related to internally developed computer software of $29.0 million, $9.7 million, and $8.6 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Of the amount recorded for fiscal 2015, $7.5 million relates to internally developed software acquired as part of the LiveRamp acquisition.  Amortization expense in fiscal 2015 also included $4.3 million of accelerated amortization expense resulting from adjusting the remaining estimated useful lives of certain capitalized software products which the Company will no longer be using as a result of the LiveRamp acquisition.  The Company also recorded amortization expense related to purchased software licenses of $6.7 million, $7.1 million and $9.7 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Amortization expense related to both internally developed and purchased software is included in cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.  Additionally, the Company charged $20.3 million, $23.6 million and $11.7 million of research and development costs to cost of revenue during 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

8.           PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment, some of which has been pledged as collateral for long-term debt, is summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
March 31,
2015
   
March 31,
2014
 
Land
  $ 6,737     $ 6,737  
Buildings and improvements
    253,236       273,451  
Data processing equipment
    426,005       520,927  
Office furniture and other equipment
    37,028       51,121  
      723,006       852,236  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    502,416       635,330  
    $ 220,590     $ 216,906  

 
F-46

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
 
 
Depreciation expense on property and equipment (including amortization of property and equipment under capitalized leases) was $63.2 million, $58.3 million and $61.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

9.           LONG-TERM DEBT:

Long-term debt consists of the following (dollars in thousands):
   
March 31,
2015
   
March 31,
2014
 
Term loan credit agreement
  $ 270,000     $ 292,500  
Capital leases and installment payment obligations on buildings and equipment payable in monthly payments of principal plus interest at rates ranging from approximately 4% to 8%; remaining terms up to seven years
    7,400       12,990  
Other debt and long-term liabilities
    10,024       12,120  
Total long-term debt and capital leases
    287,424       317,610  
Less current installments
    32,885       28,567  
Long-term debt, excluding current installments
  $ 254,539     $ 289,043  
                 

On October 9, 2013, the Company refinanced its prior term loan credit agreement.  On that day, the Company borrowed $300 million of the new term loan and used the proceeds to pay off the prior $215 million term loan balance in its entirety along with $4.4 million in fees related to the new credit agreement.  The remaining proceeds were used for other general corporate purposes.  The amended and restated credit agreement contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, default, and acceleration provisions.

The Company’s amended and restated credit agreement provides for (1) term loans up to an aggregate principal amount of $300 million and (2) revolving credit facility borrowings consisting of revolving loans, letter of credit participations and swing-line loans up to an aggregate amount of $300 million.

The term loan agreement is payable in quarterly installments of $7.5 million through September 2017, followed by quarterly installments of $11.3 million through June 2018, with a final payment of $161.3 million due October 9, 2018.  The revolving loan commitment expires October 9, 2018.

Term loan and revolving credit facility borrowings bear interest at LIBOR or at an alternative base rate plus a credit spread.  At March 31, 2015, the LIBOR credit spread was 2.00%.  There were no revolving credit borrowings outstanding at March 31, 2015 or March 31, 2014.  The weighted-average interest rate on term loan borrowings at March 31, 2015 was 2.3%.  Outstanding letters of credit at March 31, 2015 were $2.1 million.

The term loan allows for prepayments before maturity.  The credit agreement is secured by the accounts receivable of Acxiom and its domestic subsidiaries, as well as by the outstanding stock of certain Acxiom subsidiaries.

Under the terms of the term loan, the Company is required to maintain certain debt-to-cash flow and debt service coverage ratios, among other restrictions.  At March 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with these covenants and restrictions.  In addition, if certain financial ratios and other conditions are not satisfied, the revolving credit facility limits the Company’s ability to pay dividends in excess of $30 million in any fiscal year (plus additional amounts in certain circumstances).

On March 10, 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement.  The agreement provides for the Company to pay interest through March 10, 2017 at a fixed rate of 0.98% plus the applicable credit spread on $50.0 million notional amount, while receiving interest for the same period at the LIBOR rate on the same notional amount.  The LIBOR rate as of March 31, 2015 was 0.27%.  The swap was entered into as a cash flow hedge against LIBOR interest rate movements on the term loan.  The Company assesses the effectiveness of the hedge based on the hypothetical derivative method.  There was no ineffectiveness for the period ended March 31, 2015.  Under the hypothetical derivative method, the cumulative change in fair value of the actual swap is compared to the cumulative change in fair value of the hypothetical swap, which has terms that identically match the critical terms of the hedged transaction.  Thus, the hypothetical swap is presumed to perfectly offset the hedged cash flows.  The change in the fair value of the hypothetical swap will then be regarded as a proxy for the present value of the cumulative change in
 
 
F-47

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
 
 
the expected future cash flows from the hedged transactions.  All of the fair values are derived from an interest-rate futures model.  As of March 31, 2015, the hedge relationship qualified as an effective hedge under applicable accounting standards.  Consequently, all changes in fair value of the derivative will be deferred and recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the related forecasted transaction is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.  The fair market value of the derivative was zero at inception and an unrealized loss of $0.2 million since inception is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss).  The fair value of the interest rate swap agreement recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) may be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations if certain terms of the floating-rate debt change, if the floating-rate debt is extinguished or if the interest rate swap agreement is terminated prior to maturity.  The Company has assessed the creditworthiness of the counterparty of the swap and concludes that no substantial risk of default exists as of March 31, 2015.

The Company’s future obligations, excluding interest, under its long-term debt at March 31, 2015 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year ending March 31,
     
2016
  $ 32,885  
2017
    33,020  
2018
    40,740  
2019
    175,169  
2020
    2,637  
Thereafter
    2,973  
    $ 287,424  

10.           ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS:

A summary of the activity of the allowance for doubtful accounts, returns and credits is as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
Balance at beginning of period
   
Additions charged to costs and expenses
   
Other changes
   
Bad debts written off, net of amounts recovered
   
Balance at end of period
 
2013:
                             
Allowance for doubtful accounts, returns and credits
  $ 4,876     $ 902     $ (112 )   $ (1,525 )   $ 4,141  
2014:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts, returns and credits
  $ 4,141     $ 1,058     $ 117     $ (405 )   $ 4,911  
2015:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts, returns and credits
  $ 4,911     $ 731     $ (288 )   $ (895 )   $ 4,459  

Other changes in the table above result primarily from the effects of exchange rates.


F-48

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



11.           COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Legal Matters

The Company is involved in various claims and legal proceedings. Management routinely assesses the likelihood of adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as ranges of probable losses, to the extent losses are reasonably estimable. The Company records accruals for these matters to the extent that management concludes a loss is probable and the financial impact, should an adverse outcome occur, is reasonably estimable. These accruals are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In management’s opinion, the Company has made appropriate and adequate accruals for these matters and management believes the probability of a material loss beyond the amounts accrued to be remote; however, the ultimate liability for these matters is uncertain, and if accruals are not adequate, an adverse outcome could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.  The Company maintains insurance coverage above certain limits.  Listed below is one matter pending against the Company and one of its subsidiaries for which the potential exposure is considered material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

A putative class action is pending against the Company, AISS (which was sold to another company in fiscal 2012), and Acxiom Risk Mitigation, Inc., a Colorado corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Acxiom (now known as Acxiom Identity Solutions, LLC), in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia.  This action seeks to certify nationwide classes of persons who requested a consumer file from any Acxiom entity from 2007 forward; who were the subject of an Acxiom report sold to a third party that contained information not obtained directly from a governmental entity and who did not receive a timely copy of the report; who were the subject of an Acxiom report and about whom Acxiom adjudicated the hire/no hire decision on behalf of the employer; who, from 2010 forward, disputed an Acxiom report and Acxiom did not complete the investigation within 30 days; or who, from 2007 forward,  were the subject of an Acxiom report for which no permissible purpose existed. The complaint alleges various violations of the Fair Credit Reporting Act. The parties have reached a settlement agreement and the Company has accrued $3.7 million as its estimate of its probable loss associated with this matter.  On April 21, 2015, the Court preliminarily approved the class action settlement.  A hearing on whether to grant final approval to the settlement is tentatively scheduled for July 29, 2015.  The Company believes the chances of additional loss are remote.

In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Commitments

The Company leases data processing equipment, office furniture and equipment, land and office space under noncancellable operating leases.  The Company has a future commitment for lease payments over the next 25 years of $138.8 million.

Total rental expense on operating leases was $20.6 million, $22.9 million and $21.7 million for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Future minimum lease payments under all noncancellable operating leases for the five years ending March 31, 2020, are as follows: 2016, $23.3 million; 2017, $21.3 million; 2018, $19.0 million; 2019, $16.1 million; and 2020, $14.9 million.

In connection with the disposal of certain assets, the Company guaranteed a lease for the buyer of the assets.  This guarantee was made by the Company primarily to facilitate favorable financing terms for the third party.  Should the third party default, the Company would be required to perform under this guarantee.  At March 31, 2015 the Company’s maximum potential future payments under this guarantee were $1.0 million.

12.           STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

The Company has authorized 200 million shares of $0.10 par value common stock and 1 million shares of $1.00 par value preferred stock.  The board of directors of the Company may designate the relative rights and preferences of the preferred stock when and if issued.  Such rights and preferences could include liquidation preferences, redemption rights, voting rights and dividends, and the shares could be issued in multiple series with different rights and preferences.  The Company currently has no plans for the issuance of any shares of preferred stock.

 
F-49

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
 
At March 31, 2015 the Company had outstanding 4,942 warrants to purchase shares of its common stock.  The outstanding warrants carry an exercise price of $13.24 and expire March 17, 2019.

On August 29, 2011, the board of directors adopted a common stock repurchase program.  That program was subsequently modified and expanded several times, most recently on November 12, 2014.  Under the modified common stock repurchase program, the Company may purchase up to $250.0 million of its common stock through the period ending November 12, 2015. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 4.6 million shares of its common stock for $71.7 million.  During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, the Company repurchased 2.0 million shares of its common stock for $52.7 million.  During fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Company repurchased 0.5 million shares of its common stock for $9.9 million.  Through March 31, 2015, the Company has repurchased 12.9 million shares of its stock for $202.4 million, leaving remaining capacity of $47.6 million under the stock repurchase program.  Cash paid for acquisition of treasury stock in the consolidated statement of cash flows may differ from the aggregate purchase price due to trades made during one fiscal period that settle in a different fiscal period.

The Company paid no dividends on its common stock for any of the years reported.

Share-based Compensation Plans
The Company has stock option and equity compensation plans for which a total of 26.4 million shares, as of March 31, 2015, of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance since inception of the plans.  These plans provide that the exercise prices of qualified options will be at or above the fair market value of the common stock at the time of the grant.  Board policy requires that nonqualified options also be priced at or above the fair market value of the common stock at the time of grant.  On May 13, 2013 the Company’s compensation committee, acting on behalf of the full board of directors, approved an amendment to one of the Company’s equity compensation plans which would permit the issuance of an additional 4,000,000 shares under the plan.  That amendment received shareholder approval at the August 6, 2013 annual shareholders’ meeting.  On May 23, 2013, the board terminated one of the Company’s equity compensation plans under which 1.7 million shares remained available for future grant.  This plan termination did not require shareholder approval.  At March 31, 2015, there were a total of 3.3 million shares available for future grants under the plans.

Stock Option Activity
The Company granted 415,639 stock options in fiscal 2015, exclusive of replacement options granted in connection with the LiveRamp acquisition.  The per-share weighted-average fair value of the stock options granted during 2015 was $8.05.  This valuation was determined using a customized binomial lattice approach with the following weighted-average assumptions: dividend yield of 0.0% since Acxiom does not currently pay dividends; risk-free interest rate of 2.5% based on the rate of U.S. Treasury securities with a term equal to the term of the options; expected option life of 4.4 years which is an output of the lattice model; expected volatility of 43% based on the historical volatility of Acxiom stock and the implied volatility of traded Acxiom options, and a suboptimal exercise multiple of 1.4 based on historical exercise activity of Acxiom options.  The per-share weighted-average fair value of the stock options granted during 2014 was $6.99.  This valuation was determined using a customized binomial lattice approach with the following weighted-average assumptions: dividend yield of 0.0%; risk-free interest rate of 2.0%; expected option life of 4.3 years; expected volatility of 35% and a suboptimal exercise multiple of 1.3.  The per-share weighted-average fair value of the stock options granted during 2013 was $5.00.  This valuation was determined using a customized binomial lattice approach with the following weighted-average assumptions: dividend yield of 0.0%; risk-free interest rate of 1.7%; expected option life of 4.5 years; expected volatility of 43% and a suboptimal exercise multiple of 1.4.

As part of the Company’s acquisition of LiveRamp, the Company issued 1,473,668 replacement stock options to LiveRamp employees who had outstanding unvested stock options to purchase LiveRamp stock.  The fair value of the replacement options was determined using a customized binomial lattice model with the following assumptions:  dividend yield of 0.0% since Acxiom does not currently pay dividends; risk-free interest rates of from 1.57% to 2.54%, based on the rate of U.S. Treasury securities with a term equal to the remaining term of each option; remaining terms of each option of from 6.1 to 9.7 years; expected volatility of 43%, based on both the historical volatility of Acxiom stock, as well as the implied volatility of traded Acxiom options; and a suboptimal exercise multiple of 1.4, based on actual historical exercise activity of Acxiom options.

The number of shares of each replacement option and the exercise price of each replacement option was determined by converting LiveRamp options into equivalent Acxiom options by multiplying the number of shares subject to LiveRamp options by the exchange ratio of .63774 and by dividing the exercise price for each LiveRamp option by the exchange ratio of .63774.  Once the value of each replacement option was determined, the percentage of that value
 
 
F-50

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
 
which was attributed to employee service prior to the acquisition date was allocated to the purchase price of LiveRamp, and the remaining value will be expensed by the Company over the remaining vesting period of each option.  The total included in the purchase price was $7.0 million (see note 3) and the total to be expensed in the future was $23.5 million, net of any forfeitures.

Stock option activity during the year ended March 31, 2015 was as follows:
   
Number
of shares
   
Weighted-average exercise price
per share
   
Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years)
   
Aggregate intrinsic value
(in thousands)
 
Outstanding at March 31, 2014
    4,538,518     $ 20.30              
Granted
    415,639     $ 21.01              
LiveRamp replacement stock options
    1,473,668     $ 1.37              
Exercised
    (648,460 )   $ 6.67           $ 8,293  
Forfeited or cancelled
    (886,319 )   $ 27.77                
Outstanding at March 31, 2015
    4,893,046     $ 15.11       4.73     $ 27,403  
 
Exercisable at March 31, 2015
    3,152,866     $ 17.74       3.06     $ 11,560  

The aggregate intrinsic value for options exercised in fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $8.3 million, $51.5 million, and $2.7 million, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value at period end represents total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between Acxiom’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the period and the exercise price for each in-the-money option) that would have been received by the option holders had option holders exercised their options on March 31, 2015.  This amount changes based upon changes in the fair market value of Acxiom’s stock.

Following is a summary of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2015:

   
Options outstanding
 
Options exercisable
Range of
exercise price
per share
 
Options
outstanding
 
Weighted- average remaining contractual life
 
Weighted-average
exercise price
per share
 
Options
exercisable
 
Weighted-average
exercise price
per share
                     
$    0.63 - $    8.90
 
1,082,710
 
7.42 years
 
$           1.66
 
   257,094
 
$           2.33
$  11.08 - $  14.42
 
1,483,096
 
4.93 years
 
$         13.16
 
1,130,735
 
$         13.07
$  15.10 - $  19.76
 
   577,388
 
2.32 years
 
$         16.32
 
   543,258
 
$         16.14
$  20.44 - $  24.53
 
1,419,424
 
4.34 years
 
$         22.23
 
   906,016
 
$         22.77
$  26.33 - $  35.16
 
   200,049
 
1.10 years
 
$         30.84
 
   185,384
 
$         30.68
$  41.38 - $  62.06
 
   130,379
 
0.39 years
 
$         41.83
 
   130,379
 
$         41.83
   
4,893,046
 
4.73 years
 
$         15.11
 
3,152,866
 
$         17.74

Total expense related to stock options was approximately$12.1 million for fiscal 2015, $2.3 million for fiscal 2014, and $1.9 million for fiscal 2013.  Of the fiscal 2015 expense, $9.4 million relates to the LiveRamp replacement stock options.  Future expense for all options is expected to be approximately $17.7 million in total over the next four years.

Stock Appreciation Right (SAR) Activity
During fiscal 2015, the Company granted 245,404 performance-based SARs with a value at the date of grant of $0.5 million and having an exercise price of $40.  All of the performance-based SARs granted in fiscal 2015 vest subject to attainment of performance criteria established by the compensation committee of the board of directors.  The units granted in fiscal 2015 may vest in a number of SARs up to 100% of the award, based on the attainment of certain revenue targets for the period from April 1, 2014 to March 31, 2017.  At vesting, the SARs will be automatically exercised, and the award recipient may receive a number of common stock shares equal to the number of SARs that are being exercised multiplied by the quotient of (a) the final Company stock market value (up to a maximum share value of $70) minus the SAR exercise price, divided by (b) the fair market value of a share of stock at the exercise date.  The SARs contain an accelerated exercise provision if the closing market price of the Company’s stock exceeds the $70 maximum share value for 20 consecutive trading days during the performance period.   The grant date value of the performance-based SARs is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model.


F-51

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



Stock appreciation right (SAR) activity during the year ended March 31, 2015 was as follows:
   
Number
of shares
   
Weighted-average exercise price
per share
   
Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years)
   
Aggregate intrinsic value
(in thousands)
 
Outstanding at March 31, 2014
    -     $ -              
Granted
    245,404     $ 40.00              
Outstanding at March 31, 2015
    245,404     $ 40.00       2.00     $ -  
 
Exercisable at March 31, 2015
    -     $ -       -     $ -  

Total expense related to SARs was approximately $0.2 million for fiscal 2015.  Future expense for these SARs is expected to be approximately $0.4 million over the next two years.

Restricted Stock Unit Activity
Non-vested time-vesting restricted stock units activity during the year ended March 31, 2015 was as follows:

   
Number
of shares
   
Weighted average fair value per
share at grant date
   
Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years)
 
Outstanding at March 31, 2014
    1,078,029     $ 18.46       2.17  
Granted
    1,810,199     $ 21.16          
Vested
    (432,276 )   $ 18.24          
Forfeited or cancelled
    (323,482 )   $ 21.02          
Outstanding at March 31, 2015
    2,132,470     $ 20.41       1.94  

During fiscal 2015, the Company granted time-vesting restricted stock units covering 1,810,199 shares of common stock with a value at the date of grant of $38.3 million, of which units covering 1,075,392 shares, with a value at date of grant of $23.7 million, were granted to former LiveRamp employees subsequent to the acquisition of LiveRamp (see note 3).  Of the restricted stock units granted in fiscal 2015, 797,475 vest in equal annual increments over four years, 928,252 vest in equal annual increments over two years, and 84,472 vest in one year.    During fiscal 2014, the Company granted time-vesting restricted stock units covering 523,000 shares of common stock with a value at the date of grant of $12.5 million.  Of the restricted stock units granted in fiscal 2014, 442,103 vest in equal annual increments over four years, 25,000 vest in equal annual increments over two years, and 55,897 vest in one year.  During fiscal 2013, the Company granted time-vesting restricted stock units covering 681,408 shares of common stock with a value at the date of grant of $9.6 million.  Of the restricted stock units granted in fiscal 2013, 604,229 vest in equal annual increments over four years and 77,179 vested in one year.  Valuation of time-vesting restricted stock units for all periods presented is equal to the quoted market price for the shares on the date of grant.  The total fair value of time-vesting restricted stock units vested in fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $9.0 million, $11.1 million, and $6.9 million, respectively.

Non-vested performance-based restricted stock units activity during the year ended March 31, 2015 was as follows:

   
Number
of shares
   
Weighted average fair value per
share at grant date
   
Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years)
 
Outstanding at March 31, 2014
    1,066,828     $ 14.19       0.91  
Granted
    266,751     $ 18.85          
Vested
    (523,378 )   $ 9.64          
Forfeited or cancelled
    (410,207 )   $ 16.28          
Outstanding at March 31, 2015
    399,994     $ 21.10       1.57  

During fiscal 2015, the Company granted performance-based restricted stock units covering 266,751 shares of common stock with a value at the date of grant of $5.0 million.  All of the performance-based restricted stock units granted in fiscal 2015 vest subject to attainment of performance criteria established by the compensation committee of the board of directors.  The units granted in fiscal 2015 may vest in a number of shares from zero to 200% of the award, based on the attainment of an earnings-per-share target for fiscal 2017, with a modifier based on the total shareholder return of Acxiom stock compared to total shareholder return of a group of peer companies established by the compensation committee of the board of directors for the period from April 1, 2014 to March 31, 2017.  The value of the performance units is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model.   During fiscal 2015, 523,378 performance-based restricted stock units vested.  Of the units vested, 115,086 vested due to attainment of performance and shareholder return targets established by the compensation committee of the board of directors in fiscal 2012.  The remaining 408,292 units represent inducement awards granted to certain of the Company’s chief executive officers.
 
F-52

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013

During fiscal 2014, the Company granted performance-based restricted stock units covering 237,861 shares of common stock with a value at the date of grant of $5.8 million.  All of the performance-based restricted stock units granted in fiscal 2014 vest subject to attainment of performance criteria established by the compensation committee of the board of directors.  The units granted in fiscal 2014 may vest in a number of shares from zero to 200% of the award, based on the attainment of an earnings-per-share target for fiscal 2016, with a modifier based on the total shareholder return of Acxiom stock compared to total shareholder return of a group of peer companies established by the committee for the period from April 1, 2013 to March 31, 2016.  The value of the performance units is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model.  There were no performance-based restricted stock units vested in fiscal 2014.

During fiscal 2013, the Company granted performance-based restricted stock units covering 384,563 shares of common stock with a value at the date of grant of $5.2 million.  All of the performance-based restricted stock units granted in fiscal 2013 vest subject to attainment of performance criteria established by the compensation committee of the board of directors.  Of the units granted in fiscal 2013, 333,463 were forfeited due to not achieving the earnings-per-share target for fiscal 2015.  The remaining 51,100 units represent inducement awards granted to an executive officer.  The executive officer vested in 100% of the inducement award based on price targets for the Company’s common stock during the determination period from January 26, 2013 to July 26, 2014.  The value of the performance units is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model.  There were no performance-based restricted stock units vested in fiscal 2013.

The expense related to restricted stock in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $15.7 million, $11.6 million and $10.1 million, respectively.  Future expense for these restricted stock units is expected to be approximately $20.7 million in fiscal 2016, $9.2 million in fiscal 2017, $3.8 million in fiscal 2018 and $0.8 million in fiscal 2019.

Other Performance Unit Activity
During fiscal 2015, the Company granted 312,575 performance-based units with a value at the date of grant of $1.6 million.  All of the performance-based units granted in fiscal 2015 vest subject to attainment of performance criteria established by the compensation committee of the board of directors.

Of the units granted in fiscal 2015, 201,464 may vest in a number of units up to 100% of the award, based on the attainment of certain revenue targets for the period from April 1, 2014 to March 31, 2017.  At vesting, the award recipient may receive a number of common stock shares equal to the number of units vested multiplied by a share price factor.  The share price factor modifies the final number of common shares awarded based on the Company’s stock price on the date of vesting and ranges from 0% at a $40 Company stock price, or below, to 100% at a $70 Company stock price. The units also contain an accelerated exercise provision if the closing market price of the Company’s stock exceeds the $70 maximum share value for 20 consecutive trading days during the performance period.   The grant date value of the performance-based units is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model.  

The remaining 111,111 units granted in fiscal 2015 may vest in a number of units up to 100% of the award, based on the attainment of certain revenue targets for the period from April 1, 2015 to March 31, 2018.  At vesting, the award recipient may receive a number of common stock shares equal to the number of units vested multiplied by a share price factor.  The share price factor modifies the final number of common shares awarded based on the Company’s stock price on the date of vesting and ranges from 0% at a $25 Company stock price, or below, to 100% at a $45 Company stock price. The units also contain an accelerated exercise provision if the closing market price of the Company’s stock exceeds the $45 maximum share value for 20 consecutive trading days during the performance period.   The grant date value of the performance-based units is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model.  

 
F-53

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
 
Other performance unit activity during the year ended March 31, 2015 was as follows:

   
Number
of shares
   
Weighted average fair value per
share at grant date
   
Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years)
 
Outstanding at March 31, 2014
    -     $ -        
Granted
    312,575     $ 5.23        
Outstanding at March 31, 2015
    312,575     $ 5.23       2.36  

The expense related to other performance units for fiscal 2015 was $0.3 million.  Future expense for these performance units is expected to be approximately $1.3 million over the next three years.
 
 
Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In addition to the share-based plans, the Company maintains a qualified employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) that permits substantially all employees to purchase shares of common stock at a discount from the market price.  The number of shares available for issuance at March 31, 2015 was approximately 0.9 million.  88,603 shares were purchased under the ESPP during the combined fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013.  The total expense to the Company for the year ended March 31, 2015 for the discount to the market price was approximately $0.1 million.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The accumulated balances for each component of other comprehensive income are as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
March 31,
2015
   
March 31,
2014
 
Foreign currency translation
  $ 9,612     $ 13,686  
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
    (199 )     (24 )
    $ 9,413     $ 13,662  

13.           INCOME TAXES:

Total income tax expense (benefit) was allocated as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (2,832 )   $ 29,627     $ 32,649  
Earnings from discontinued operations
    -       -       409  
Stockholders’ equity:
                       
Tax impact of stock options, warrants and restricted stock
    (4,645 )     (11,295 )     (357 )
    $ (7,477 )   $ 18,332     $ 32,701  

Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to earnings (loss) from continuing operations consists of (dollars in thousands):

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Current:
                 
U.S. Federal
  $ 6,781     $ 23,506     $ 32,782  
Non-U.S.
    192       928       239  
State
    (116 )     3,096       3,138  
      6,857       27,530       36,159  
Deferred:
                       
U.S. Federal
    (5,462 )     (5,436 )     (3,874 )
Non-U.S.
    326       7,641       (506 )
State
    (4,553 )     (108 )     870  
      (9,689 )     2,097       (3,510 )
Total
  $ (2,832 )   $ 29,627     $ 32,649  

 
 
F-54

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013
 
Earnings (loss) before income tax attributable to U.S. and non-U.S. continuing operations consist of (dollars in thousands):

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
U.S.
  $ 4,065     $ 45,388     $ 89,791  
Non-U.S.
    (16,044 )     (4,769 )     (1,317 )
Total
  $ (11,979 )   $ 40,619     $ 88,474  

Earnings (loss) before income taxes, as shown above, are based on the location of the entity to which such earnings (loss) are attributable.  However, since such earnings (loss) may be subject to taxation in more than one country, the income tax provision shown above as U.S. or non-U.S. may not correspond to the earnings (loss) shown above.

Below is a reconciliation of income tax expense computed using the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35% of earnings (loss) before income taxes to the actual provision for income taxes (dollars in thousands) for continuing operations:
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Computed expected tax expense
  $ (4,193 )   $ 14,217     $ 30,966  
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:
                       
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
    1,543       1,845       1,631  
Research and other tax credits
    (6,369 )     (5,251 )     (1,408 )
Impairment of goodwill and intangibles not deductible for tax
    -       5,368       -  
Share-based compensation
    2,276       -       -  
Non-U.S. subsidiaries taxed at other than 35%
    3,959       5,130       1,948  
Adjustment to valuation allowances
    (776 )     7,604       726  
Other, net
    728       714       (1,214 )
    $ (2,832 )   $ 29,627     $ 32,649  

In fiscal 2014, the Company recorded $7.7 million in valuation allowances due to a change in management’s assessment of the realizability of deferred tax assets in certain foreign jurisdictions.

Below is a reconciliation of income tax expense computed using the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35% of earnings before income taxes to the actual provision for income taxes for discontinued operations (dollars in thousands):

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Computed expected tax expense
  $ (659 )   $ (766 )   $ 596  
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:
                       
Non-U.S. subsidiaries taxed at other than 35%
    659       632       (187 )
Adjustment to valuation allowances
    -       134       -  
    $ -     $ -     $ 409  


F-55

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at March 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below (dollars in thousands).  In accordance with income tax accounting standards, as of March 31, 2015, the Company has not recognized deferred income taxes on approximately $32.4 million of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are indefinitely reinvested outside the respective parent’s country.  Calculation of the deferred income tax related to these earnings is not practicable.

   
2015
   
2014
 
Deferred tax assets:
           
Accrued expenses
  $ 14,394     $ 10,606  
Deferred revenue
    4,065       3,859  
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
    61,569       43,568  
Share-based compensation
    12,170       4,219  
Other
    6,838       6,192  
Total deferred tax assets
    99,036       68,444  
Less valuation allowance
    (50,598 )     (43,436 )
Net deferred tax assets
    48,438       25,008  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Intangible assets
  $ (97,608 )   $ (70,892 )
Capitalized software costs
    (17,165 )     (20,398 )
Property and equipment
    (8,678 )     (11,074 )
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (123,451 )     (102,364 )
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ (75,013 )   $ (77,356 )

At March 31, 2015, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $26.6 million and $105.0 million for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, respectively.  These net operating loss carryforwards expire in various amounts from 2016 through 2032.  The Company has foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $129.8 million. Of this amount, $126.8 million do not have expiration dates.  The remainder expires in various amounts through 2023.  The Company has state credit carryforwards of $12.1 million of which $2.0 million will be credited to additional paid-in capital when realized.  Of the credits, $2.6 million will not expire.  The remainder expires in various amounts from 2023 to 2024.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some  portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.

Based upon the Company’s history of profitability and taxable income and the reversal of taxable temporary differences in the U.S., management believes that with the exception of carryforwards in certain states it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences.  The Company has established valuation allowances against $8.0 million of deferred tax assets related to loss and credit carryforwards in the states where activity does not support the deferred tax asset.

Based upon the Company’s history of losses in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will not realize the benefits of certain foreign carryforwards and has established valuation allowances in the amount of $42.6 million against substantially all of its foreign deferred tax assets.


F-56

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



The following table sets forth changes in the total gross unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

(dollars in thousands)
 
 
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 2,457     $ 3,646     $ 3,109  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    4,339       902       342  
Additions due to acquisition
    2,887       -       -  
Reduction due to expiration of statute of limitations
    (181 )     (3,037 )     -  
Adjustments to tax positions taken in prior years
    209       946       195  
Balance at end of period
  $ 9,711     $ 2,457     $ 3,646  

The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2015 was $9.7 million, of which $7.9 million would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate in future periods if and when realized.  The Company reports accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Company recognized $0.1 million of tax-related interest expense and penalties and had $0.3 million of accrued interest and penalties at March 31, 2015.  It is reasonably possible that a reduction of up to $1.3 million of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months.  Depending on the nature of the settlement or expiration of statutes of limitations, the reduction of unrecognized tax benefits may affect the Company’s income tax provision and therefore reduce its effective income tax rate.

The Company files a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and tax returns in various state and local jurisdictions.  The Company’s subsidiaries also file tax returns in various foreign jurisdictions in which it operates.  In the U.S., the statute of limitations for Internal Revenue Service examinations remains open for the Company’s federal income tax returns for fiscal years subsequent to 2011. The status of state and local and foreign tax examinations varies by jurisdiction.  The Company does not anticipate any material adjustments to its financial statements resulting from tax examinations currently in progress.

14.           RETIREMENT PLANS:

The Company has a qualified 401(k) retirement savings plan which covers substantially all U.S. employees.  The Company also offers a supplemental nonqualified deferred compensation plan (“SNQDC Plan”) for certain highly-compensated employees.  The Company matches 50% of the first 6% of employee’s annual aggregate contributions.  The Company may also contribute additional amounts to the plans at the discretion of the board of directors.

Company contributions for the above plans amounted to approximately $6.6 million, $5.9 million and $6.1 million in fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Included in both other current assets and other accrued liabilities are the assets and liabilities of the SNQDC Plan in the amount of $14.2 million and $13.9 million at March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The Company has one small defined benefit pension plan covering certain employees in Germany.  Both the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation were $0.5 million and $0.6 million as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  There were no plan assets as of either March 31, 2015 or March 31, 2014.  The excess of benefit obligations over plan assets was $0.5 million at March 31, 2015 and $0.6 million at March 31, 2014.


F-57

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



15.           FOREIGN OPERATIONS:

The Company attributes revenue to each geographic region based on the location of the Company’s operations.  The following table shows financial information by geographic area for the years 2015, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):

Revenue
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
United States
  $ 924,281     $ 949,898     $ 954,467  
Foreign
                       
Europe
  $ 59,958     $ 73,294     $ 74,077  
Asia/Pacific
    32,658       34,540       34,876  
Other
    3,162       4,546       4,738  
All Foreign
  $ 95,778     $ 112,380     $ 113,691  
    $ 1,020,059     $ 1,062,278     $ 1,068,158  

Long-lived assets excluding financial instruments (dollars in thousands)
   
2015
   
2014
 
United States
  $ 875,276     $ 617,668  
Foreign
               
Europe
  $ 11,467     $ 13,886  
Asia/Pacific
    20,683       24,912  
Other
    944       1,310  
All Foreign
  $ 33,094     $ 40,108  
    $ 908,370     $ 657,776  

16.           FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value.

Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, unbilled and notes receivable, short-term borrowings and trade payables - The carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Long-term debt - The interest rate on the term loan and revolving credit agreement is adjusted for changes in market rates and therefore the carrying value of these loans approximates fair value.  The estimated fair value of other long-term debt was determined based upon the present value of the expected cash flows considering expected maturities and using interest rates currently available to the Company for long-term borrowings with similar terms.  At March 31, 2015, the estimated fair value of long-term debt approximates its carrying value.

Derivative instruments included in other liabilities - The carrying value is adjusted to fair value through other comprehensive income (loss) at each balance sheet date.  The fair value is determined from an interest-rate futures model.

Under applicable accounting standards financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company assigned assets and liabilities to the hierarchy in the accounting standards, which is Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, Level 2 - significant other observable inputs and Level 3 - significant unobservable inputs.


F-58

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



The following table presents the balances of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of March 31, 2015 and 2014 (dollars in thousands):

As of March 31, 2015
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
Assets:
                       
Other current assets
  $ 14,174     $ -     $ -     $ 14,174  
Total assets
  $ 14,174     $ -     $ -     $ 14,174  
                                 
Liabilities:
                               
Other noncurrent liabilities
    -       199       -       199  
Total liabilities
  $ -     $ 199     $ -     $ 199  


As of March 31, 2014
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
Assets:
                       
Other current assets
  $ 13,900     $ -     $ -     $ 13,900  
Total assets
  $ 13,900     $ -     $ -     $ 13,900  
                                 
Liabilities:
                               
Other noncurrent liabilities
    -       24       -       24  
Total liabilities
  $ -     $ 24     $ -     $ 24  

17.           SEGMENT INFORMATION:

The Company reports segment information consistent with the way management internally disaggregates its operations to assess performance and to allocate resources.  We regularly review our segments and the approach used by management to evaluate performance and allocate resources.  Prior to fiscal 2015, the Company’s business segments consisted of Marketing and Data Services, IT Infrastructure Management, and Other Services.  The Other Services segment consisted solely of the Company’s UK fulfillment business, 2Touch.  On May 30, 2014, the Company substantially completed the sale of 2Touch to Parseq Ltd., a European business process outsourcing service provider (see Note 4 for further details).  As a result, the 2Touch business unit is now excluded from segment results and reported as discontinued operations.  The Marketing and Data Services segment includes the Company’s global lines of business for Customer Data Integration (CDI), Consumer Insight Solutions, Marketing Management Services (including the Audience Operating System and LiveRamp on-boarding services), E-mail Fulfillment Services and Consulting and Agency Services.  The IT Infrastructure Management segment develops and delivers IT outsourcing and transformational solutions.

Company management uses the revenues and income from operations of the remaining two operating segments, among other factors, for performance evaluation and resource allocation.  The Company’s calculation of segment income (loss) from operations does not include inter-company transactions and allocates all corporate expenses, excluding those reported as impairments or gains, losses and other items, as well as certain business separation and transformation expenses.  The Company’s calculation of segment operating income may be different from measures used by other companies and therefore comparability may be affected.


F-59

 
 

 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



The following tables present information by business segment (dollars in thousands).  The prior-year segment information has been restated to conform to the new segment presentation:
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
 
Revenue:
                 
Marketing and Data Services
  $ 804,911     $ 805,153     $ 792,689  
IT Infrastructure Management
    215,148       257,125       275,469  
Total revenue
  $ 1,020,059     $ 1,062,278     $ 1,068,158  
                         
Income (loss) from operations:
                       
Marketing and Data Services
  $ 46,728     $ 78,500     $ 73,696  
IT Infrastructure Management
    18,105       32,847       29,330  
Corporate
    (65,437 )     (60,874 )     (2,010 )
Income from operations
  $ (604 )   $ 50,473     $ 101,016  
                         
Depreciation and amortization:
                       
Marketing and Data Services
  $ 71,123     $ 49,554     $ 55,593  
IT Infrastructure Management
    43,395       52,872       60,043  
Corporate
    4,316       -       -  
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 118,834     $ 102,426     $ 115,636  
                         
Total assets:
                       
Marketing and Data Services
  $ 952,225     $ 649,321          
IT Infrastructure Management
    240,278       267,110          
Corporate
    129,921       406,870          
Total assets
  $ 1,322,424     $ 1,323,301          

18.           UNAUDITED SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA:

(dollars in thousands except per-share amounts)
 
 
Quarter ended
June 30,
2014
   
Quarter ended September 30, 2014
   
Quarter ended December 31, 2014
   
Quarter ended
March 31,
2015
 
Revenue
  $ 242,215     $ 260,037     $ 260,440     $ 257,367  
Gross profit
    49,912       54,719       56,712       51,247  
Income (loss) from operations
    (4,478 )     3,307       5,192       (4,625 )
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (1,532 )     (48 )     (318 )     14  
Net earnings (loss)
    (7,604 )     (1,544 )     4,156       (6,039 )
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Acxiom
    (7,604 )     (1,544 )     4,156       (6,039 )
                                 
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                               
From continuing operations
    (0.08 )     (0.02 )     0.06       (0.08 )
From discontinued operations
    (0.02 )     (0.00 )     (0.00 )     (0.00 )
Attributable to Acxiom stockholders
    (0.10 )     (0.02 )     0.05       (0.08 )
                                 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                               
From continuing operations
    (0.08 )     (0.02 )     0.06       (0.08 )
From discontinued operations
    (0.02 )     (0.00 )     (0.00 )     (0.00 )
Attributable to Acxiom stockholders
    (0.10 )     (0.02 )     0.05       (0.08 )

 
F-60

 
 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013

 
(dollars in thousands except per-share amounts)
 
 
Quarter ended
June 30,
2013
   
Quarter ended September 30, 2013
   
Quarter ended December 31, 2013
   
Quarter ended
March 31,
2014
 
Revenue
  $ 257,178     $ 267,777     $ 268,761     $ 268,562  
Gross profit
    61,073       68,670       67,331       69,642  
Income (loss) from operations
    23,458       19,227       19,291       (11,503 )
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    592       426       489       (3,696 )
Net earnings (loss)
    13,095       9,864       15,067       (29,223 )
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Acxiom
    13,180       9,839       15,067       (29,223 )
                                 
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                               
From continuing operations
    0.17       0.13       0.19       (0.33 )
From discontinued operations
    0.01       0.01       0.01       (0.05 )
Attributable to Acxiom stockholders
    0.18       0.13       0.20       (0.38 )
                                 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                               
From continuing operations
    0.17       0.12       0.19       (0.33 )
From discontinued operations
    0.01       0.01       0.01       (0.05 )
Attributable to Acxiom stockholders
    0.17       0.13       0.19       (0.38 )

Some earnings per share amounts may not add due to rounding.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company recorded $12.1 million of restructuring plan charges and adjustments recorded in gains, losses and other items, net, $7.0 million of business separation and transformation expenses recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and $4.3 million of accelerated software amortization recorded in cost of revenue.

In the third quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company recorded $4.2 million of restructuring plan charges and adjustments recorded in gains, losses and other items, net, and $8.1 million of business separation and transformation expenses recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company recorded restructuring charges and adjustments of $0.9 million in gains, losses and other items, net, and $9.3 million of business separation and transformation expenses in selling, general and administrative expenses.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company recorded restructuring charges and adjustments of $6.7 million and LiveRamp transaction costs of $0.8 million recorded in gains, losses and other items, net and business separation and transformation expenses of $12.0 million recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company recorded goodwill and other impairment charges of $25.0 million, restructuring charges of $10.7 million in gains, losses and other items, net, and business separation and transformation expenses of $6.9 million in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

In the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company recorded restructuring charges and loss contingency accruals of $4.7 million in gains, losses and other items, net, business separation and transformation expenses of $4.9 million in selling, general and administrative expenses, and a $2.6 million gain in other income from its investment in a real estate joint venture in the consolidated statement of operations.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company recorded restructuring charges and loss contingency accruals of $6.6 million in gains, losses and other items, net and business separation and transformation expenses of $2.2 million in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.


 
  F-61
 
 

 
 
 
ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013



19.           SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

On May 20, 2015, the Company announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to sell its IT Infrastructure Management business (ITO) to Charlesbank Capital Partners and M/C Partners.  Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will receive $140 million in cash at closing, and up to $50 million in contingent payments subject to certain performance metrics.  In addition, the Company will receive a 5% retained profits interest in the divested entity, subject to a defined value over which the Company will participate in profits.  The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of fiscal 2016 ending September 30, 2015, following the satisfaction of regulatory requirements and other customary closing conditions.  The Company will report ITO as a component of discontinued operations beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.  The Company expects to report a gain on the sale.

The Company will use proceeds from the sale to pay down debt and to fund expansion of its share repurchase program.  As part of the revised program, the Company’s board of directors has increased its share repurchase program by $50 million.  Under the revised share repurchase program, the Company may now purchase up to $300 million of its common stock through the period ending December 31, 2016.  The Company has previously purchased $202.4 million of stock through the repurchase program, leaving remaining capacity of $97.6 million under the revised stock repurchase program.

The Company has also entered into an agreement to amend its credit agreement.  The effectiveness of the amendments contained in the agreement are conditioned on, among other things, the closing of the ITO disposition.  Once the ITO disposition is completed and the amendment becomes fully effective, certain financial covenants in the credit agreement will be modified for the fiscal quarters ending on September 30, 2015, December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016.  Additionally the Company will not be entitled to declare or pay any dividends during this time and share repurchases will be limited to no more than $100 million depending on the Company’s leverage ratio.  After March 31, 2016, the debt covenants and dividend and share repurchase limitations will return to the requirements in the credit agreement in effect prior to the amendment.  In addition, the amendment revises certain definitions in the credit agreement to clarify the effect of acquisitions and dispositions on certain financial covenants.


F-62

 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 10.2


 

 
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
2005 STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
OF
ACXIOM CORPORATION
 



WHEREAS, Acxiom Corporation (the “Company”) established and maintains the 2005 Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”);
 

WHEREAS, Section 20 of the Plan authorizes the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or an authorized Committee to amend the Plan;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to require Participating Associates in the Plan to hold Shares acquired pursuant to the exercises of options under the Plan for one (1) year following exercise in order to encourage ownership in the Company.
 

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT HEREBY
 

RESOLVED, that Section 16 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

16.  
Designation of Beneficiaries / Transferability / Share Holding Period.
 

 
(a) A Participating Associate may file a written beneficiary designation naming those persons who are to receive any cash from the Participating Associate’s Payroll Deduction Account, together with any Shares and/or cash from the Participating Associate’s Brokerage Account, in the event of the Participating Associate’s death. If a Participating Associate is married and the designated beneficiary is not the Participating Associate’s spouse, spousal consent may be required for such designation to be effective.

(b) Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participating Associate’s Payroll Deduction Account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or rights to receive Shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as provided in by the Plan) by a Participating Associate.

(c) Effective June 1, 2014, Shares acquired by a Participating Associate pursuant to the exercise of an option hereunder are subject to a holding period which shall begin on the date the option is exercised and end on the date that is the earlier of the one (1) year anniversary of the date the option is exercised or the date of the Participating Associate’s termination of employment. During such holding period, the Shares may not be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as provided in by the Plan) by a Participating Associate. At the end of the holding period, such Shares shall become freely transferable.

 
 

 


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the party hereto has executed this amendment as of the date first above written.

ACXIOM CORPORATION




 

By:     /s/ Jennifer B. Compton

 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 10.6


AMENDED AND RESTATED
2010 EXECUTIVE CASH INCENTIVE PLAN
OF ACXIOM CORPORATION

1.           Purpose of the Plan.

The purpose of the 2010 Executive Cash Incentive Plan of Acxiom Corporation (the “Plan”) is to advance the interests of Acxiom Corporation (the “Company”) and its stockholders by providing incentives in the form of cash bonus awards to certain officers and other employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  The Plan is intended to enable the Company to attract and retain appropriate executive talent and to motivate such officers to manage and grow the Company’s business and to attain the performance goals articulated under the Plan.

2.           Definitions.

(a) “Award” means a cash award granted pursuant to the Plan.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

(d) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board (or a subcommittee thereof established to administer the Plan), or any successor thereto or any other committee designated by the Board to assume the obligations of the Committee hereunder.  Each member of the Committee shall be an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

(e) “Company” means Acxiom Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its Subsidiaries.

(f) "Covered Officer" shall mean at any date (i) any individual who, with respect to the previous taxable year of the Company, was a "covered employee" of the Company within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder; provided, however, that the term "Covered Officer" shall not include any such individual who is designated by the Committee, in its discretion, at the time of any Award under the Plan or at any subsequent time, as reasonably expected not to be such a "covered employee" with respect to the current taxable year of the Company or to the taxable year of the Company in which any applicable Award hereunder will be paid and (ii) any individual who is designated by the Committee, in its discretion, at the time of any Award or at any subsequent time, as reasonably expected to be such a "covered employee" with respect to the current taxable year of the Company or with respect to the taxable year of the Company in which any applicable Award hereunder will be paid.

(g) “Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan takes effect in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan.

(h) “Participant” means an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who is selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(i) “Performance Period” means the Company’s fiscal year (or multiples thereof) or any portion thereof designated by the Committee as a Performance Period.

(j) “Plan” means this Acxiom Corporation 2011 Cash Incentive Plan.

               (k) “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code (or any successor section thereto).

 
 

 
3.           Administration.

(a)           General.  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  Subject to Section 3(b), the Committee shall have the authority to select the employees to be granted Awards under the Plan, to determine the size and terms of an Award (subject to the limitations imposed on Awards in Section 5 below), to modify the terms of any Award that has been granted, to determine the time when Awards will be made, the amount of any payments pursuant to such Awards and the Performance Period to which they relate, to determine any employment restrictions on actual receipt of payments pursuant to Awards, to establish performance objectives in respect of such Performance Periods and to determine whether such performance objectives were attained.  The Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.  The Committee may correct any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable.  Any decision of the Committee in the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned.  Determinations made by the Committee under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated.

(b)           Covered Officers.  Any discretion exercised under the Plan affecting any Award to a Covered Officer shall be subject in all events to Section 162(m) of the Code, unless the Committee makes a specific determination that such Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code.

4.           Eligibility and Participation.

The Committee shall determine the employees who shall be Participants for the Performance Period.  The designation of Participants shall be made individually or by groups or classifications of employees, as the Committee deems appropriate.

5.           Awards.

(a) Scope.  Each year the Committee will establish award opportunities and performance targets for Participants for the determination of potential awards hereunder.  Award opportunities shall be set as a percentage of base salary.  Following the close of a Performance Period, the Committee shall evaluate the Company’s actual performance against the performance targets to determine the actual bonus to be paid.

(b) Performance Goals.  Awards to Participants shall be based solely upon the attainment of performance targets related to one or more performance goals selected by the Committee from among the goals specified below.  For purposes of this Section 5, the formula on which performance targets are based with respect to Awards under this Plan shall be limited to one or more of the following Company, Subsidiary, operating unit or division financial performance measures:

·  
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization;

·  
operating income or profit;

·  
operating efficiencies;

·  
return on equity, assets, capital, capital employed, or investment;

·  
after tax operating income;

·  
net income;

·  
earnings or book value per share;

·  
cash flow(s);

 
 

 
·  
total sales or revenues or sales or revenues per employee, , including total value of contracts executed in a given time period;

·  
production;

·  
stock price or total stockholder return;

·  
cost of capital or assets under management;

·  
strategic business objectives, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified cost targets, business expansion goals, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures;
 
 
or any combination thereof.  Each goal may be expressed on an absolute and/or relative basis, may be based on or otherwise employ comparisons based on internal targets, the past performance of the Company or any Subsidiary, operating unit or division of the Company and/or the past or current performance of other companies, and in the case of earnings-based measures, may use or employ comparisons relating to capital, stockholders' equity and/or shares of common stock outstanding, or to assets or net assets.  The Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under criteria set forth in this Section 5(b) to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance period:  (i) asset impairments or write-downs, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results, (iv) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs, (v) any extraordinary non-recurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year, and (vi) the effect of adverse or delayed federal, state or local governmental or regulatory action; provided that the Committee commits to make any such adjustments within the 90 day period set forth in Section 5(d) below.

(c)           Maximum Award.  With respect to any Covered Officer, the maximum annual amount of an Award hereunder shall be $3,000,000.

(d)           Administration.  To the extent necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, with respect to grants of Awards to Covered Officers, no later than 90 days following the commencement of each Performance Period (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in writing, (1) select the performance goal or goals applicable to the Performance Period, (2) establish the various targets and bonus amounts which may be earned for such Performance Period, and (3) specify the relationship between performance goals and targets and the amounts to be earned by each Covered Officer for such Performance Period.  Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether the applicable performance targets have been achieved and the amounts, if any, payable to Covered Officers for such Performance Period.  In determining the amount earned by a Participant for a given Performance Period, the Committee shall have the right to adjust the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant to the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period; provided, that with respect to any Covered Officer, the Committee may exercise the discretion described in this sentence only to reduce the amount otherwise payable to such Covered Officer.

(e)           Payment.  The amount of the Award payable as determined by the Committee for the Performance Period shall be paid to the Participant at such time as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion after the end of the Performance Period, but in all events by such time as is necessary for the payment to qualify as a “short-term deferral” pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the United States Treasury Regulations.  Award payments shall be made in cash.  Except as the Committee may otherwise determine in its sole and absolute discretion, termination of a Participant’s employment prior to the end of the Performance Period will result in the forfeiture of the award by the Participant, and no payments shall be made with respect thereto.

6.           Amendments or Termination.

The Committee may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made which would impair any of the rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted to a Participant under the Plan without such Participant's consent; provided, however, that the Committee may amend the Plan in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the granting of Awards meeting the requirements of any applicable law, rule or regulation.

 
 

 
7.           No Right to Employment or Awards.

Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant or other person any right to continue to be employed by or perform services for the Company or any Subsidiary, and the right to terminate the employment of or performance of services by any Participant at any time and for any reason is specifically reserved to the Company and its Subsidiaries.  No person shall have any claim to be granted any award and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment among Participants.  The terms and conditions of awards, if any, need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

8.           Offset of Awards.

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may reduce any amounts otherwise payable to any Participant hereunder in order to satisfy any liabilities owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by the Participant, but only to the extent any such offset complies with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance issued thereunder.

9.           Adjustments Upon Certain Events.

In the event of any material change in the business assets, liabilities or prospects of the Company, any division or any Subsidiary, the Committee in its sole discretion and without liability to any person may make such adjustment, if any, as it deems to be equitable as to any affected terms of outstanding Awards.

10.           Miscellaneous Provisions.

The Company is the sponsor and legal obligor under the Plan and shall make all payments hereunder, other than any payments to be made by any of the Subsidiaries (in which case payment shall be made by such Subsidiary, as appropriate).  The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to ensure the payment of any amounts under the Plan, and the Participants' rights to the payment hereunder shall be no greater than the rights of the Company's (or Subsidiary's) unsecured creditors.  All expenses involved in administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

11.           Choice of Law.

The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of Delaware.

12.           Withholding of Taxes.

Any payment made under the Plan shall be subject to any federal, state, local or foreign income or other taxes or obligations required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment.

13.           Payments Subject to Clawback Policy.

Any payments made hereunder shall be subject to the clawback policy adopted by the Board or a committee of the Board, as such policy may be amended from time to time.

14.           Beneficiaries; Prohibition on Assignments.

Each Participant may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive, in the event of such Participant’s death, any Award amounts due to the Participant under the Plan.  Each Participant shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company to such effect.  If any Participant dies without naming a beneficiary or if all of the beneficiaries named by a Participant predecease the
 
 
 

 
Participant, then any Award amounts due to the Participant shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.  Prior to a Participant’s death, except as otherwise required by applicable law, any interest, benefit, payment, claim or right of such Participant under the Plan may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or hypothecated by the Participant and shall not be subject in any manner to any claims of any creditor of the Participant or beneficiary, and any attempt to take any such action be null and void.  During the lifetime of a Participant, payment of an Award shall only be made to the Participant.

15.           Effectiveness of the Plan.

This amendment and restatement of the Plan shall be effective as of the date of its adoption by the Committee.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 10.7

 
 
ACXIOM CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED
2010 EXECUTIVE OFFICER SEVERANCE POLICY
 

 
SECTION 1
 
PURPOSE
 
The purpose of the Policy is to provide Severance Benefits for the Executive Officers of the Company.
 
 
SECTION 2
 
DEFINITIONS
 
 As used herein, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
 
 2.1 “Actual Cash Bonus” shall mean a cash bonus payment based on the extent to which the performance goals relating to such bonus are ultimately achieved, pro-dated based on the portion of the Fiscal Year the Participant worked for the Company.
 
 2.2 “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any person or entity, any entity directly or indirectly controlled by, controlling or under common control with such person or entity.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining whether an Executive Officer has had a Separation from Service, Section 1.409A-1(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations shall determine whether an Affiliate is a “service recipient” under Code Section 409A.
 
 2.3 “Annual Salary Amount” shall mean a Participant’s annual base salary in effect on the Termination Date (or in the case of a Change in Control Termination, if greater, immediately before any reduction in such base salary giving rise to Good Reason), without reduction for any pre-tax contributions to benefit plans or state or federal taxes. Base salary does not include bonuses, commissions, premium pay, cost of living allowances or income from stock options, stock grants or other incentives.
 
2.4 “Average Annual Cash Bonus” shall mean the average annual cash bonus for the two Fiscal Years preceding the Termination Date. . In the event a Participant has not been employed or otherwise eligible for a full Fiscal Year cash bonus payment in either or both of the two preceding Fiscal Years, 100% of the Participant’s cash bonus opportunity shall be substituted for the applicable year(s) in determining the Average Annual Cash Bonus.
 
2.5 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
2.6 “Cash Severance Benefit” shall mean any severance benefit paid in cash due to a Qualifying Separation from Service in accordance with the terms of the Policy.
 
2.7 “Cause” for termination by the Company of the Participant’s employment shall mean: (i) the willful failure by Participant to substantially perform his or her duties or follow the reasonable and lawful instructions of his or her supervisor; provided, that the Participant will be allowed to cure such failure within thirty (30) days of delivery to the Participant by the Company of written demand for performance, which such written demand will specifically identify the manner in which the Company believes he or she has not substantially performed his duties; (ii) the engaging by the Participant in willful misconduct, or the Participant’s gross negligence, that is materially injurious to the
 
 
 

 
Company, monetarily or otherwise;  (iii) the conviction of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to, any felony or a fraud; or (iv) the Participant’s material breach of the provisions of this Policy or of any material employment policy of the Company, which, if curable, is not cured within thirty (30) days of delivery to the Participant by the Company of written notice thereof.
 
2.8 “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence during the term of the Policy of any one of the following events:
 
(i)        An acquisition of any securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Voting Securities”) by any “person” (as the term person is used for purposes of Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”)) immediately after which such person has “Beneficial Ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that in determining whether a Change in Control has occurred, Voting Securities that are acquired in a “Non-Control Acquisition” will not constitute an acquisition that would cause a Change in Control. A “Non-Control Acquisition” will mean (i) an acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (A) the Company or (B) any corporation or other person of which a majority of its voting power or its equity securities or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company (a “Subsidiary”), (ii) any acquisition by or directly from the Company or any Subsidiary, or (iii) an acquisition pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in Section 2.6(iii) below);
 
(ii)       The individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of such board, provided that, any person becoming a director after the Effective Date and whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board of Directors will be an Incumbent Director; provided however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors (“Election Contest”) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any “person” (such term for purposes of this definition being as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the 1934 Act and as used in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act) other than the Board of Directors (“Proxy Contest”), including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest, will be deemed an Incumbent Director; or
 
(iii)      Consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company (a “Reorganization”), or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (a “Sale”) or the acquisition of assets or stock of another corporation (an “Acquisition”), unless immediately following such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition:
 
(A)       The stockholders of the Company immediately before such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the Company resulting from such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or stock either directly or through one or more subsidiaries, the “Surviving Corporation”) in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition;
 
(B)       The individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately before the execution of the agreement providing for such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation; and
 
(C)       No person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary, any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company, the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary, or any person who, immediately before such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition, had Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of the then outstanding Voting Securities), has Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Surviving Corporation’s then outstanding Voting Securities;
 
 
 

 
Any Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition which satisfies all of the criteria specified in subparts (A), (B) and (C) of this Section 2.6(iii) above will be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” will not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the “Subject Person”) acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the outstanding Voting Securities of the Company as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities outstanding, increased the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person.
 
(iv)    Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that (i) any payment under this Policy is payable solely upon or following the occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) such payment is treated as “deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, a Change in Control shall mean a “change in the ownership of the Company,” a “change in the effective control of the Company,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company” as such terms are defined in Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations.
 
2.9 “Change in Control Termination” shall mean a Participant’s Separation from Service (i) initiated by the Company other than for Cause within the two years following a Change in Control or (ii) initiated by the Participant for Good Reason within two years following a Change in Control.
 
2.10 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
2.11 “Company” shall mean Acxiom Corporation and successors and, when used in relation to the Participant’s employment includes all wholly owned subsidiaries of Acxiom Corporation.  For purposes of this Policy, the terms “employ,” “employee” and “employment” shall be construed to refer to the provision of services by the Participant to the Company, irrespective of whether the Participant is classified as an employee of the Company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining whether an Executive Officer has had a Separation from Service, Section 1.409A-1(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations shall determine whether a subsidiary is a “service recipient” under Code Section 409A.
 
2.12 “Effective Date” of the Policy is November 9, 2010 and as amended herein on May 20, 2014. 
 
2.13  “Equity Severance Benefit” shall mean any benefit resulting in the vesting of outstanding non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or any other equity award (other than Performance Units) granted by the Company, due to a Qualifying Separation from Service in accordance with the terms of the Policy.
 
2.14 “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
2.15 “Executive Officer” shall mean as of a particular day, the officers of the Company designated as executive officers for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 most recently by the Board, other than any “executive officer” who has an employment agreement with the Company that is in effect on that day.
 
2.16 “Fiscal Year” shall mean the period of time from April 1 of one year to March 31 of the following year and which is the annual period used by the Company for financial reporting purposes. 
 
2.17 “Good Reason” for a Participant’s Separation from Service shall mean the occurrence (without the Participant’s express written consent) of any one of the following acts by the Company, or failures by the Company to act, following the occurrence of a Change in Control:
 
 (i) a reduction by the Company in the Participant’s title or position, or a material reduction by the Company in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities, or the assignment by the Company to the Participant of any duties or responsibilities that are materially inconsistent with such title, position, authority, duties or responsibilities; (ii) a reduction in Annual Salary Amount; or (iii) the Company’s requiring the Participant to relocate his office location more than fifty (50) miles from his office location at the time of the Change in Control. For avoidance of doubt, “Good Reason” will exclude the death or Permanent Disability of the Participant.
 
 
 

 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the occurrence of an event that would otherwise constitute Good Reason hereunder shall cease to be an event constituting Good Reason if (i) the Participant fails to provide the Company with notice of the occurrence of any of the foregoing within the ninety-day period immediately following the occurrence of such event, (ii) the Participant fails to provide the Company with a period of at least thirty days from the date of such notice to cure such event prior to providing a Notice of Termination for Good Reason or (iii) the Termination Date specified in the Notice of Termination delivered to Company is not within thirty days following the day on which the thirty-day period set forth in the preceding clause (ii) expires; provided, that the thirty-day notice period required by clause (ii)  shall end two days prior to the second anniversary of the Change in Control in the event that the second anniversary of the Change in Control would occur during such thirty-day period.
 
 2.18 “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice that indicates the specific provisions in this Policy relied upon as the basis for any Separation from Service and sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for a Participant’s Separation from Service under the provision so indicated.  No purported Separation from Service with or without Cause or for Good Reason shall be effective without a Notice of Termination.
 
2.19 “Participants” shall mean Executive Officers of the Company who meet the eligibility requirements of Section 3 of the Policy.
 
2.20 “Performance Unit” shall mean any equity incentive awards granted by the Company to Executive Officers that are earned based upon achievement of performance measures during a performance period as defined by the accompanying grant documents.
 
2.21 “Performance Unit Benefit” shall mean any benefits payable for earned or unearned, unvested Performance Units in accordance with the terms of this Policy.
 
2.22 “Permanent Disability” shall mean (i) that a Participant is eligible to receive long-term disability benefits under the disability plan in which the Participant participates as of the Termination Date, or (ii) if there is no such plan as of the Termination Date, that the Participant has been substantially unable to perform his or her duties, services and responsibilities to the Company, with a reasonable accommodation if necessary, by reason of a physical or mental infirmity for 180 consecutive days, or for a total of 180 days or more in any consecutive 360 day period as certified by a physician selected by the Policy Administrator.
 
2.23 “Policy” shall mean the Acxiom Corporation, Inc. 2010 Executive Severance Policy as set forth in this document.
 
2.24 “Policy Administrator” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or other person or group designated by the Company to serve as Policy Administrator.
 
2.25 “Qualifying Separation from Service” shall mean a Participant’s Separation from Service that (i) is involuntary and initiated by the Company without Cause at any time other than during the period specified in the Change in Control Termination definition; or (ii) meets the definition of a Change in Control Termination.  For the avoidance of doubt, a Separation from Service will not constitute a Qualifying Separation from Service and no Severance Benefits shall be payable to a Participant should the Participant’s Separation from Service be (a) initiated by the Company for Cause, (b) by reason of Permanent Disability, (c) by reason of the Participant’s death, or (d) initiated by the Participant; provided, however, that in the case of a Change in Control Termination, a Separation from Service initiated by the Participant for Good Reason will be considered a Qualifying Separation from Service.
 
 
 

 
 2.26 “Release of Claims” shall mean the agreement that a Participant must execute in order to receive Severance Benefits under the Policy, which shall be approved by the Policy Administrator and shall contain, among such other terms and conditions determined by the Policy Administrator, typical post separation terms and a mutual general release of: (i) all claims that the Participant may have against the Company and any of its Affiliates relating to the employment and termination of employment of the Participant, including, but not limited to, any claims for bonus payments pursuant to the Company’s bonus plan or otherwise and (ii) all claims that the Company and any of its Affiliates may have against the Participant relating to the employment and termination of employment of the Participant, excluding any claim arising from Participant’s contractual obligations or restrictions (whether contained herein, in equity grant agreements, or elsewhere) that are intended to extend beyond the termination of employment (including, but not limited to, non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and clawback provisions) and any matters relating to a violation of law or that could otherwise result in Company liability.  The Release of Claims will also contain an agreement by the Participant to be bound by the terms of Section 4.5 hereof.
 
 2.27 “Separation from Service” shall mean an Executive Officer’s cessation of services to the Company and/or its Affiliates.  For purposes of this Policy, an Executive Officer is treated as continuing in employment with the Company while the Executive Officer is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Executive Officer retains a right to reemployment with the Company under an applicable statute or by contract.  A leave of absence shall constitute a bona fide leave of absence only if there is (i), to the extent applicable, a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or by contract or (ii) a reasonable expectation an Executive Officer will return to perform services for the Company following such leave.  For purposes of this Policy and the application of Section 409A, if the period of leave exceeds six months and an Executive Officer does not retain a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or by contract, the Executive Officer will be deemed to have a Separation from Service on the first date immediately following such six-month period.  For purposes of this Policy, an Executive Officer shall be deemed to have experienced a Separation from Service on any date that it is reasonably anticipated that the Executive Officer would perform no further services or that the Executive Officer’s level of bona fide services performed for the Company will decrease to a level equal to twenty percent or less of the average level of services rendered by the Executive Officer during the thirty-six-month period ending on such date or the full period of services rendered by the Executive Officer for the Company if the Executive Officer has been providing services to the Company for less than thirty-six months as of such date.  Whether a Separation from Service has occurred will be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h), or any successor thereto.
 
2.28 “Severance Benefits” shall mean one or more of the following as provided by the Policy following a Qualifying Separation from Service:  (i) Cash Severance Benefit, (ii) Equity Severance Benefit or (iii) Performance Unit Benefit.
 
 2.29 “Severance Delay Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Termination Date and ending on the thirtieth day thereafter.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant's Separation from Service occurs in connection with an exit incentive program or other employment termination program offered to a group or class of employees, as defined under the Older Worker Benefit Protection Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 626, the Severance Delay Period shall mean the period beginning on the Termination Date and ending on the sixtieth day thereafter.
 
2.30 “Termination Date” shall mean the date of a Participant’s Separation from Service with the Company as determined in accordance with Section 5.
 
 
 

 
 
SECTION 3
 
ELIGIBILITY
 
 3.1 Commencement of Participation. Each Executive Officer shall automatically be a Participant in the Policy as of the Effective Date. Each individual who is designated by the Board as an Executive Officer following the Effective Date shall automatically be a Participant in the Policy as of the date of such designation.  As a condition to any Executive Officer’s participation in the Policy he or she must acknowledge termination of any other employment agreements or severance arrangements with the Company.  Additionally, the Policy Administrator may require as a condition of participation or continued participation that any Participant execute documents agreeing to be bound by any clawback policy adopted by the Board from time to time.
 
3.2 Duration of Participation.
 
(a) A Participant shall cease to be a Participant if he or she ceases to be an Executive Officer. To avoid any doubt, the Board shall have full discretion to add or remove Executive Officers.
 
(b) A Participant entitled to Severance Benefits under the terms of this Policy shall remain a Participant in the Policy until the full amount of the Severance Benefits have been paid to him or her, subject to the Restrictions provided in Section 4.5.
 
3.3 Eligibility for Severance Benefits.
 
 (a) Subject to Section 3.3(b), a Participant shall be entitled to receive Severance Benefits from the Company as specified in Section 4.
 
 (b) No Severance Benefits will be provided to a Participant unless the Participant has properly executed and delivered to the Company a Release of Claims and that Release of Claims has become irrevocable as provided therein prior to the expiration of the Severance Delay Period.  Such Release of Claims shall not be accepted by the Company unless it is executed on or after the Participant’s Termination Date.
 
(c) Subject to Section 1.409A – 1(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations, for purposes of determining a Participant’s and the Company’s rights and obligations under the Policy, the transfer of employment of a Participant from the Company to one of its Affiliates, or from such an Affiliate to the Company, in each case whether before or after the Change in Control, shall not constitute a Separation from Service for purposes of the Policy.
 
(d)  To the extent consistent with Code Section 409A, a participant is not entitled to any Severance Benefits if his or her employment is terminated by the Company in connection with a sale, divestiture, or other disposition of all or a portion of the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Affiliates that does not constitute a Change in Control (a “Transaction”) if: (i) the Participant is offered a position with the counterparty to the Transaction (or an Affiliate of such counterparty); and (ii) the Policy Administrator determines that the cash compensation to be provided to the Participant in such position is comparable to the Participant’s then current cash compensation. For clarification purposes, this Section 3.3(d) is intended solely to limit, and not to expand, the benefits provided for elsewhere in this Policy.
 
3.4 Death of a Participant.
 
If a Participant whose employment terminates in a Qualifying Separation from Service dies after his or her Termination Date but before the Participant receives the Severance Benefits to which he or she is entitled, the payment will be made to the Participant’s surviving spouse or, if the Participant does not have a surviving spouse, to the Participant’s estate;  provided, however,  that no Severance Benefit will be paid pursuant to this Section 3.4 unless the surviving spouse or the executor of the Participant’s estate, or any or all of the foregoing, upon the request of the Policy Administrator, properly execute and deliver to the Company a Release of Claims on behalf of the Participant that has become irrevocable as provided therein prior to the expiration of the Severance Delay Period.
 
 
 

 
SECTION 4
 
BENEFITS
 
4.1 Qualifying Separation from Service Other Than a Change in Control Termination.
 
(a) In the event a Participant has a Qualifying Separation from Service other than a Change in Control Termination, and the Policy Administrator determines that he or she is entitled to a Cash Severance Benefit, such Participant will be eligible to receive a Cash Severance Benefit in an amount equal to such Participant’s Annual Salary Amount, Average Annual Cash Bonus, and Actual Cash Bonus..
 
(b)  Notwithstanding anything contained in any equity plan or grant documents, in the event Participant has a Qualifying Separation from Service other than a Change in Control Termination, and the Policy Administrator determines that he or she is entitled to a Performance Unit Benefit, such Participant will be eligible to receive: (i) the number of Performance Units, if any, that were earned during a completed performance period but remain unvested, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the full number of calendar months that elapsed between the beginning of the performance period and the Termination Date and the denominator of which is the number of months between the beginning of the performance period and when the award would fully vest and no longer be subject to forfeiture; (ii) the number of  Performance Units, if any, for performance periods that are ongoing as of the Termination Date and for which at least one-year of the performance period has elapsed as of the Termination Date, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the full number of calendar months that elapsed between the beginning of the performance period and the Termination Date and the denominator of which is the number of months between the beginning of the performance period and when the award would fully vest and no longer be subject to forfeiture, with the settlement of such performance units to occur after the completion of the applicable performance period based upon the Company’s actual performance as determined following the completion of the applicable performance periods in accordance with the terms of the Performance Unit grant documents.
 
4.2 Change in Control and Performance Unit Benefit.
 
In the event of a Change in Control, whether or not accompanied by a Qualifying Separation from Service, if the Policy Administrator determines that a Participant is entitled to a Performance Unit Benefit, a Participant shall earn and become 100% vested in a prorated portion of any Performance Units for performance periods that are ongoing as of the Change in Control and for which at least one-year of the performance period has elapsed as of the Change in Control as calculated pursuant to the following sentence, notwithstanding anything contrary in any equity incentive plan or agreement, including without limitation, the 2005 Equity Plan or the related award agreements. The amount of the prorated Performance Units will be determined in accordance with the terms of the Performance Unit grant documents based upon the Company’s performance as of the date of the Change in Control as if the performance period had been completed, and then multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the full number of calendar months that have elapsed since the beginning of the performance period and the denominator of which is the number of months between the beginning of the performance period and when the award would fully vest and no longer be subject to forfeiture. Additionally, in the event of a Change in Control, whether or not accompanied by a Qualifying Separation from Service, if the Policy Administrator determines that a Participant is entitled to a Performance Unit Benefit, a Participant shall become 100% vested in a prorated portion of Performance Units that were earned during a completed performance period but remain unvested as calculated pursuant to the following sentence, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any equity incentive plan or agreement, including without limitation, the 2005 Equity Plan, or the
 
 
 

 
related award agreements.  The amount of prorated Performance Units will be determined based upon the number of Performance Units, if any, that were earned during the completed performance period but remain unvested, and then multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the full number of calendar months that have elapsed since the beginning of the performance period and the denominator of which is the number of months between the beginning of the performance period and when the award would fully vest and no longer be subject to forfeiture.
 
4.3 Change in Control Termination.
 
 (a) In the event of a Change in Control Termination, if the Policy Administrator determines that a Participant is entitled to a Cash Severance Benefit, such Participant will be eligible to receive an amount of cash equal to Participant’s Actual Cash Bonus, one and one half times such Participant’s Annual Salary Amount and one and one half times such Participant’s Average Annual Cash Bonus.  Notwithstanding the forgoing, any reduction in the Annual Salary Amount taken by the Company or any of its Affiliates that (i) forms a basis of a Participant’s Separation from Service for Good Reason or (ii) is taken following the provision of a Notice of Termination and would constitute Good Reason shall be disregarded in calculating the payments and benefits to be provided pursuant to this Section 4.3.
 
 (b) In the event of a Change in Control Termination, if the Policy Administrator determines that a Participant is entitled to an Equity Severance Benefit, then a Participant’s unvested outstanding non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other equity awards (other than Performance Units) granted prior to the date of the Change in Control and outstanding as of the Termination Date (“Stock Awards”) shall vest, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any equity incentive plan or agreement, including without limitation, the 2005 Equity Plan, or the related award agreements.  Stock Awards shall include any awards covering the securities of a successor company and any rights to cash of an equivalent value (as of the Change in Control) substituted for equity awards of the Company.
 
 4.4 Form and Time of Payment
 
(a) In the Event of a Qualifying Separation from Service other than a Change in Control Termination, the Cash Severance Benefit, other than the Actual Cash Bonus, shall be paid in twenty-four semi-monthly payments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll cycle, less any applicable state and federal taxes required to be withheld, with such payments commencing on the normal payroll cycle occurring immediately following the expiration of the Severance Delay Period.  The Actual Cash Bonus shall be payable on the date when such bonus otherwise would be paid absent a termination of employment and following expiration of the Severance Delay Period. As a condition to receiving such payments, the Participant must execute the Release of Claims and let expire any period during which the Participant may revoke such Release of Claims pursuant to the terms of the Release of Claims prior to the expiration of the Severance Delay Period.
 
(b) In the Event of a Qualifying Separation from Service other than a Change in Control Termination, payment of any Performance Unit Benefit in accordance with Section 4.1(b)(i) shall be processed within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Severance Delay Period, and any payment of any Performance Unit Benefit in accordance with Section 4.1(b)(ii) will be made as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the performance period stated in the applicable grant documents and at the time the Participant would have received payment had the Participant remained employed.  As a condition to receiving such benefits, the Participant must execute the Release of Claims and let expire any period during which the Participant may revoke such Release of Claims pursuant to the terms of the Release of Claims prior to the expiration of the Severance Delay Period.
 
(c) In the event of a Change in Control only, payment of any Performance Unit Benefit in accordance with Section 4.2 shall be processed within thirty (30) days after the Change in Control.
 
(d) In the event of a Change in Control Termination only, any Cash Severance Benefit, other than the Actual Cash Bonus, shall be paid in a lump sum, less any applicable state and federal taxes required to be withheld, on the normal payroll cycle occurring immediately following the expiration of the Severance Delay Period.  The Actual Cash Bonus shall be payable on the date when such bonus otherwise would be paid absent a termination of employment and
 
 
 

 
following expiration of the Severance Delay Period. As a condition to receiving such payments, the Participant must execute the Release of Claims and let expire any period during which the Participant may revoke such Release of Claims pursuant to the terms of the Release of Claims prior to the expiration of the Severance Delay Period.
 
(e) In the event of a Change in Control Termination only, any Equity Severance Benefit shall be processed within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Severance Delay Period.  As a condition to receiving such Equity Severance Benefit, the Participant must execute the Release of Claims and let expire any period during which the Participant may revoke such Release of Claims pursuant to the terms of the Release of Claims prior to the expiration of the Severance Delay Period.
 
(f) It is intended that (i) each payment or installment of payments provided under this Policy is a separate “payment” for purposes of Code Section 409A and (ii) that the payments satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Code Section 409A including those exceptions provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4) (regarding short-term deferrals), 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (regarding the two-times, two year exception), and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v) (regarding reimbursements and other separation pay).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Policy, if the Company determines (i) that on the date of an Executive Officer’s Separation from Service or at such other time that the Company determines to be relevant, the Executive Officer is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i)(1)) of the Company and (ii) that any payments to be provided to the Executive Officer pursuant to this Policy are or may become subject to the additional tax under Code Section 409A(1)(B) or any other taxes or penalties under Code Section 409A (“Section 409A Taxes”) if provided at the time otherwise required under this Policy, then such payments shall be delayed until the date that is six months after the date of the Executive Officer’s Separation from Service with the Company, or if earlier, the Executive Officer’s death.  Any payments delayed pursuant to this Section 4.4(f) shall be made in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Executive Officer’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, the Executive Officer’s death and any remaining payments shall be made in accordance with the Policy.
 
4.5 Benefits Conditional
 
(a) Anything in this Policy to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments and benefits for each Participant eligible according to Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 are conditional upon such Participant’s compliance with the Restrictions on Competitive Employment and Restrictions Against Solicitation and Inducement described below (collectively the “Restrictions”). Until such Restrictions are completely satisfied, the Participant shall be a constructive trustee of such payments and benefits and shall return them to the Company promptly if he/she violates any aspect of such Restrictions.
 
(b) During employment, and for a period of 12 months following a Qualifying Separation from Service, the Participant will not (as an individual, principal, agent, employee, consultant, director or otherwise), directly or indirectly in any territory in which the Company and/or any of its Affiliates does business and/or markets its products and services, engage in activities competitive with, nor render services to any firm or business engaged or about to become engaged in the Business of the Company (collectively, “Restrictions on Competitive Employment”). The Business of the Company includes, but is not limited to, information management products, marketing solutions and other services related to customer acquisition, growth and retention, including data collection, data integration technology and services, database services, information technology outsourcing, consulting and analytics services and consumer privacy products and services, or any other significant business in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is engaged in, in each case where such products or services are competitive with products or services offered by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that constitute more than five percent (5%) of the Company’s revenues in any of its eight (8) preceding fiscal quarters. In addition, the Participant will not have an equity interest in any such firm or business other than as a 1% or less shareholder of a public corporation.
 
 
 

 
(c) During employment and for a period of 12 months following a Qualifying Separation from Service, the Participant will not, directly or indirectly, on the Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, do any of the following (collectively, “Restrictions Against Solicitation and Inducement”): (i) solicit or contact any customer or targeted potential customer of the Company and/or its Affiliates upon whom he/she called or solicited or with whom he/she became acquainted after commencement of employment with the Company and/or its Affiliates; (ii) induce or attempt to induce, any employees, agents or consultants of the Company and/or its Affiliates to do anything from which he or she is restricted by reason of this Policy or any agreement between the Participant and the Company that restricts the Participant against solicitation or inducement; (iii) offer or aid others to offer employment to, otherwise solicit the services of, or solicit to terminate their employment or agency with the Company any employees, agents, or consultants of the Company and/or its Affiliates; or (iv) provide services to any customer, solicit any vendor or supplier of the Company for the purpose of either providing products or services to do a business competitive with the Company, or otherwise interfere with or disrupt or attempt to disrupt any contractual or potential contractual relationship between any customer, vendor or supplier and the Company and/or its Affiliates.
 
(d) The Restrictions applicable to Participants are effective for the time stated in this Policy and do not affect and are not affected by any other similar restrictions that may apply or may in the future apply to such Participant pursuant to any other plan, agreement or other arrangement.   Any other similar obligations under other agreements, including the Associate Agreement and any Equity grant agreements, entered into between a Participant and Company shall remain in effect and the Participant shall remain bound by the terms of this Policy as well as such other agreements or obligations. Furthermore, the Release of Claims will contain the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 4.5 (modified if necessary to comply with appropriate state law) and a provision that the restrictions and covenants contained in this Policy and the Release of Claims are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that the services rendered by the Participant were of a special, unique and extraordinary character. The Release of Claims will also contain a provision that the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief, which entails that (i) it would be difficult to replace the Participant’s services; (ii) the Company would suffer irreparable harm that would not be adequately compensated by monetary damages and (iii) the remedy at law for any breach of any of the restrictions and covenants contained in this Policy and the Release of Claims may be inadequate. The Participant will further agree and acknowledge in the Release of Claims that the Company will be entitled, in addition to any remedy at law or in equity, to obtain preliminary and permanent injunctive relief and specific performance for any actual or threatened violation of any of the restrictive covenants contained in this Policy and the Release of Claims. This provision with respect to injunctive relief will not, however, diminish the right to claim and recover damages, or to seek and obtain any other relief available to it at law or in equity, in addition to injunctive relief.
 
(e) Notwithstanding anything contained herein, any amounts paid or payable to a Participant pursuant to this Policy or otherwise by the Company, including any equity compensation granted to the Participant, may be subject to forfeiture or repayment to the Company pursuant to any clawback policy as adopted by the Board  from time to time and applicable to Executive Officers of the Company to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A, and Participant will be bound by any such policy while an Executive Officer and will agree to continue to be bound in the Release of Claims.
 
 4.6 Exclusive Payments; No Mitigation
 
 Severance Benefits under this Policy are not intended to duplicate benefits such as (i) workers’ compensation wage replacement benefits, disability benefits, and pay-in-lieu-of-notice, (ii) severance pay, or similar benefits under other benefit plans, severance programs or agreements, or employment contracts, or (iii) applicable laws, such as the WARN Act. Should such other benefits be payable, a Participant’s benefits under this Policy will be reduced accordingly
 
 
 

 
or, alternatively, benefits previously paid under this Policy will be treated as having been paid to satisfy such other benefit obligations in either case to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A.  In either case, the Policy Administrator will determine how to apply this provision and may override other provisions in this Policy in doing so.
 
SECTION 5
 
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
 
 5.1 Written Notice Required. Any purported Separation from Service for Cause, without Cause or for Good Reason, whether by the Company or by the Participant, shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other.
 
 5.2 Termination Date. In the case of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s Termination Date shall be his or her date of death.  In the case of Permanent Disability, the Termination Date shall be the date established by Company according to standard policy and procedure.  In all other cases, the Participant’s Termination Date shall be the date specified in the Notice of Termination; provided however, that upon a Participant’s Separation from Service for Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination must comply with the provisions of Section 2.14.
 
SECTION 6
 
EFFECT OF SECTIONS 280G AND 4999 OF THE CODE
 
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Policy to the contrary, if any payment or benefit a Participant would receive from the Company pursuant to the Policy or otherwise ("Payment") would (i) constitute a "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the "Excise Tax"), then the Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount (defined below).  The "Reduced Amount" will be either (1) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (2) the entire Payment, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in the Participant’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the Payment.  If a reduction in the Payment is to be made so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, (x) the Payment will be paid only to the extent permitted under the Reduced Amount alternative, and the Participant will have no rights to an additional payments and/or benefits constituting the Payment.  In no event will the Company or any stockholder be liable to a Participant for any amounts not paid as a result of the operation of this Section 6.  No portion of any Payment shall be taken into account which in the opinion of tax counsel does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(2), including by reason of Code Section 280G(b)(4)(A).
 
To the extent permitted by Code Section 409A, unless Participant shall have given prior written notice specifying a different order to the Company to effectuate the Reduced Amount, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments by (i) first reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are payable in cash and (ii) then reducing or eliminating non-cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the furthest in time from the Change in Control. Any notice given by Participant pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan, arrangement or agreement governing Participant’s rights and entitlements to any benefits or compensation. 
 

 
 

 
 
SECTION 7
 
SUCCESSORS TO COMPANY
 
 This Policy shall bind any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be obligated under this Policy if no succession had taken place. In the case of any transaction in which a successor would not by the foregoing provision or by operation of law be bound by this Policy, the Company shall require such successor expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the obligations of the Company under this Policy, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
 
SECTION 8
 
DURATION, AMENDMENT AND PLAN TERMINATION
 
 8.1 Duration. This Policy shall continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 8.2. If a Change in Control occurs, this Policy shall continue in full force and effect and shall not terminate or expire until after all Participants who have become or may become entitled as a result of the Change in Control to Equity Severance Benefits, Performance Unit Benefits and/or Cash Severance Benefits hereunder shall have received such payments in full.
 
8.2 Amendment and Termination. Prior to a Change in Control, the Policy may be amended or modified in any respect, and may be terminated, in any such case by the Committee or the Board; provided, however, that no such amendment, modification or termination that would adversely affect the benefits or protections hereunder of any individual who is a Participant as of the date such amendment, modification or termination is adopted shall be effective (i) as to a Participant for whom a Qualifying Separation from Service of the Participant has already occurred; (ii) if a Change in Control occurs within one year after such adoption; or (iii) from or after the occurrence of a Change in Control and for twenty-seven (27) months thereafter.  Any attempted amendment, modification or termination within one year prior to a Change in Control that would adversely affect the benefits or protections hereunder will be null and void ab initio as it relates to all such individuals who were Participants prior to such adoption (it being understood, however, that the hiring, termination of employment, promotion or demotion of any employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates prior to a Change in Control shall not be construed to be an amendment, modification or termination of the Policy).  Any amendment, modification or termination that accelerates the payment of any benefit hereunder shall be deemed to not adversely affect the benefits or protections hereunder of any individual.
 
 8.3 Form of Amendment. The form of any amendment or termination of the Policy in accordance with Section 8.2 hereof shall be a written instrument approved by the Committee or the Board certifying that the amendment or termination has been approved by the Committee or the Board, respectively.
 
 
 
 

 
 
SECTION 9
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
 9.1 Administration.
 
(a) The Policy will be interpreted by the Policy Administrator in accordance with the terms of the Policy and their intended meanings. The Policy Administrator shall have the discretion, in his or her sole judgment, to (i) make any findings of fact needed in the administration of the Policy, (ii) interpret or construe ambiguous, unclear or implied (but omitted) terms, (iii) establish rules and regulations for administering the Policy and (iv) take such other action as he or she deems necessary or appropriate. The validity of any such action or determination by the Policy Administrator will not be given de novo review if challenged in court, by arbitration or any other forum and will be upheld unless clearly arbitrary or capricious. All actions and all determinations made in good faith by the Policy Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons claiming any interest in or under the Policy. Benefits under the Policy will be paid only if the Policy Administrator decides in his or her discretion that a claimant is entitled to them.
 
 (b) The Policy Administrator shall establish a claims procedure in accordance with ERISA and shall set forth such claims procedure in the summary plan description of the Policy.
 
 9.2 Employment Status. This Policy does not constitute a contract of employment or impose on Company any obligation to: (a) retain any Participant as an employee or maintain any compensation level (except as otherwise provided herein), (b) not change the status of any Participant’s employment, (c) not change any employment policies of the Company, or (d) not change or continue the status of any Participant’s employment as an Executive Officer.
 
 9.3 Withholding of Taxes. The Company shall withhold from any amounts payable under this Policy all federal, state, local or other taxes that are legally required to be withheld.
 
 9.4 No Effect on Other Benefits. Equity Severance Benefits, Performance Unit Benefits and Cash Severance Benefits shall not be counted as compensation for purposes of determining benefits under other benefit plans, programs, policies and agreements, except as required by law or to the extent expressly provided therein or herein.
 
 9.5 Validity and Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Policy shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Policy, which shall remain in full force and effect, and any prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
 9.6 Settlement of Claims. The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Policy and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, defense, recoupment, or other right which the Company may have against a Participant or others except as may be specifically permitted by Code Section 409A.
 
 9.7 Unfunded Obligation. All Equity Severance Benefits, Performance Unit Benefits and Cash Severance Benefits provided under this Policy shall constitute an unfunded obligation of the Company.  Cash payments shall be made, as due, from the general funds of the Company. This Policy shall constitute solely an unsecured promise by the Company to provide such benefits to Participants to the extent provided herein. This Policy does not provide the substantive benefits under such other employee benefit plans, and nothing in this Policy shall restrict the Company’s ability to amend, modify or terminate such other employee benefit plans (whether before or after a Change in Control (but subject to Section 2.14 following a Change in Control)).
 
 
 

 
 9.8 Governing Law. It is intended that the Policy be an “employee welfare benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA, and the Policy shall be administered in a manner consistent with such intent. The Policy and all rights thereunder shall be governed and construed in accordance with ERISA and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, with the laws of the state of Arkansas, wherein venue shall lie for any dispute arising hereunder.  In addition, this Policy shall only cover certain employees of the Company who are members of a “select group” of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Section 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.  The Company shall have the authority to take any and all actions necessary or desirable in order for the Policy to satisfy the requirements set forth in ERISA and the regulations thereunder applicable to plans maintained for employees who are members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees.  This Policy shall also be subject to all applicable non-U.S. laws as to Participants employed by subsidiaries of the Company located outside of the United States. Without limiting the generality of this Section 9.9, it is intended that the Policy comply and be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and, the Board shall, as necessary, adopt such conforming amendments as are necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code without reducing the Equity Severance Benefits, Performance Unit Benefits or Cash Severance Benefits due to Participants hereunder.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Policy, to the extent applicable, any amendment, modification or termination of the Policy, and the acceleration of any payments hereunder in connection thereto, shall be made in accordance with Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).
 
 9.9 Assignment. This Policy shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by a Participant’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. A Participant’s rights under this Policy shall not otherwise be transferable or subject to lien or attachment.
 
 9.10 Enforcement. This Policy is intended to constitute an enforceable contract between the Company and each Participant subject to the terms hereof.
 

 

 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 10.8



PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

This Performance Unit Award Agreement (the “Agreement”), the accompanying Notice of Performance Unit Award (the “Notice”), and the Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation (the “Plan”), constitute the agreement between Acxiom Corporation (the “Company”) and you with regard to the Performance Units pertaining to the Company’s common stock (“Common Stock”) described in the Notice.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings set forth in the Plan.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern.
 
1.           Acceptance of Terms.  Your acceptance and retention of the award described in the accompanying Notice, as evidenced by your electronic acceptance of the Notice, shall constitute your acceptance of the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice, this Agreement, and the Plan.
 
2.           Your Rights with Respect to the Performance Units.
 
(a)           Shareholder Rights.  Upon vesting, the Performance Units granted pursuant to the Notice will entitle you to the all the rights of a shareholder of the Company’s Common Stock as to the amount of shares of Common Stock (“Shares”) currently vested.  You will have no shareholder rights with respect to any unvested Performance Units, and your rights with respect to the Performance Units will remain forfeitable prior to the date on which such rights become vested.
 
(b)           Conversion of Performance Units; Issuance of Shares.  Upon the vesting date, you will be entitled to receive, as soon as administratively practicable, 100% of the Shares in accordance with the Notice.  No Shares will be issued to you prior to the date on which the Performance Units vest.
 
3.           Vesting.  Unless otherwise specified by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”), Performance Units shall vest and the restrictions with respect to the Performance Units shall lapse as set forth in the Notice, provided that you remain continuously employed by the Company. If your employment with the Company terminates prior to the Performance Units vesting, the Performance Units will be forfeited upon the effective date of the termination.  The provisions of this Section 3 are subject to the provisions of Section 4 below entitled “Forfeiture of Shares.”
 
4.           Conversion to Restricted Stock Units Immediately Prior to Change in Control.  Immediately prior to a Change in Control Event (if any) as defined in Section 11 of the Plan, if less than one year of the performance period has elapsed, the Performance Units granted pursuant to the Notice shall convert to the same number of Restricted Stock Units. The Restricted Stock Units shall remain subject to the same time vesting requirements as the original Performance Units.  Alternatively, pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan, the Committee or the Board may determine, in their discretion, that the Shares become free of all restrictions and limitations and become fully vested and transferable upon the Change in Control Event.
 
5.           Forfeiture of Performance Units and Shares for Engaging in Certain Activities.
 
(a)           If at any time during your employment with the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, or within one year after termination of your employment you engage in any activity which competes with any activity of the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, or if you engage in any of the prohibited activities listed in subsection (b) below, then
 
(i)           any unvested Performance Units granted to you shall be canceled;
 
 
 

 
 
(ii)           with respect to any Shares received by you pursuant to Section 2(b) above within the three-year period before and the three-year period after your termination date, you shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the proceeds of any sale or distribution of those Shares (the “Forfeited Shares”), or, if still held by you, the aggregate fair market value of such Forfeited Shares as of the date of vesting; and
 
(iii)           the Company shall be entitled to set off against the amount of any such Forfeited Shares any amounts owed to you by the Company.
 
(b)           The prohibited activities include:
 
(1)           accepting employment with or serving as a consultant, advisor or in any other capacity to anyone that is in competition with or acting against the interests of the Company;
 
(2)           disclosing or misusing any confidential information or material concerning the Company;
 
(3)           any attempt, directly or indirectly, to induce any associate of the Company to be employed or perform services elsewhere;
 
(4)            any attempt, directly or indirectly, to solicit the trade or business of any current or prospective customer of the Company;
 
(5)           the failure or refusal to disclose promptly and to assign to the Company all right, title and interest in any invention or idea made or conceived in whole or in part by you in the course of your employment by the Company, relating to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Company, or the failure or refusal to do anything reasonably necessary to enable the Company to secure a patent or other intellectual property right;
 
(6)           participating in a hostile takeover attempt against the Company;
 
(7)           a material violation of Company policy, including, without limitation, the Company's insider trading policies; or
 
(8)           conduct related to your employment for which you have been convicted of criminal conduct or for which you have been assessed civil penalties.
 
(c)           Upon receipt of any Shares pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Agreement, you agree to certify, if requested by the Company, that you are in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
(d)           You may be released from your obligations under this Section 4 only if the Committee, or its authorized designee(s), determines in its sole discretion that to do so is in the best interests of the Company.
 
6.           Restriction on Transfer.  Performance Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of by you except as provided under the Plan, and any unauthorized purported sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

7.           Taxes.  In order to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that all applicable or state payroll, withholding, income or other taxes, which are your sole and absolute responsibility, are withheld or collected from you.

 
 

 
8.           Amendments.  All amendments to this Agreement shall be in writing; provided that this Agreement is subject to the power of the Committee and/or the Board to amend the Plan as provided therein, except that no such amendment to the Plan shall adversely affect your rights under this Agreement without your consent.

9.           Notices.  Any notice to be given under this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its performance plan administrator.  Any notice to be given to you shall be addressed to you at the address listed in the Company’s records.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices.  Any notice shall have been deemed given when actually delivered.

10.           Delivery of Certificates. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company is not required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares before completing the steps necessary to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws (including any registration requirements) and applicable stock exchange rules and practices. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause compliance with those laws, rules and practices. 

11.           Clawback.  This Award is subject to the Company’s “clawback policy” as may be in effect at the time.

12.           Administration. The Committee and the Board administer the Plan. Your rights under this Agreement are expressly subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, including continued shareholder approval of the Plan, and to any guidelines the Committee or the Board adopts from time to time. You hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan.

13.           Severability.  If any part of this Agreement is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not serve to invalidate any part of this Agreement not declared to be unlawful or invalid.  Any part so declared unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which gives effect to the terms of such part to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.
 
14.           Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws (excluding the conflict of laws rules) of the State of Delaware.
 
15.           Forum Selection At all times each party hereto:  (a) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Arkansas court or Federal court sitting in Arkansas; (b) agrees that any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby will be heard and determined in such Arkansas or Federal court; (c) to the extent permitted by law, irrevocably waives (i) any objection such party may have to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in any of such courts, or (ii) any claim that such party may have that any such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum; and (d) to the extent permitted by law, irrevocably agrees that a final nonappealable judgment in any such action or proceeding will be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this section entitled “Forum Selection” will affect the right of any party hereto to serve legal process in any manner permitted by law
 
16.           Headings.  Headings are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 
 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 10.9



STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Grant Agreement (“Grant Agreement”) together with the accompanying Notice of Grant of Stock Option (“Notice”) and the Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation (the “Plan”) constitute the agreement (“Agreement”) between Acxiom Corporation (the “Company”) and you with regard to the stock options (“Options”) described on the Notice.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the Grant Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.  References in the Grant Agreement to “the Company” shall be deemed to also include its subsidiaries.
 
1.           Acceptance of Terms.  Your electronic acceptance and retention of the Options described in the accompanying Notice shall constitute your acceptance of the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, and shall constitute an affirmation that you have read the Notice, the Grant Agreement and the Plan and have agreed to be bound by their terms.
 
2.           Vesting and Exercise After Termination of Employment.  Unless otherwise specified by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”), options will vest only while you remain an associate of the Company, and they may be exercised only while you remain an associate of the Company and during the three months immediately following your separation from the Company.  If your employment with the Company terminates prior to the Options vesting, the unvested Options will be forfeited upon the effective date of the termination.
 
3.           Forfeiture of Option Gain and Unexercised Options for Engaging in Certain Activities.
 
(a)           If, at any time during your employment or within one year after termination of your employment you engage in any activity which competes with any activity of the Company, or if you engage in any of the prohibited activities listed below, then
 
(i)           any unexpired, unpaid or unexercised Options granted to you under the Agreement shall be canceled,
 
(ii)           any option gain (i.e, the product of (x) the number of shares of Company stock realized from an exercise of the Option and (y) the difference in the closing sale price of the Company’s stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price) (“Option Gain”)  realized by you within the three-year period before and the three-year period after your termination date from exercising any Options granted under the Agreement shall be paid by you to the Company, and
 
(iii)           the Company shall be entitled to set off against the amount of any such Option Gain any amount owed to you by the Company.
 
The prohibited activities include:
 
(1)           accepting employment with or serving as a consultant, advisor or in any other capacity to anyone that is in competition with or acting against the interests of the Company;
 
(2)           disclosing or misusing any confidential information or material concerning the Company;
 
(3)           any attempt, directly or indirectly, to induce any associate of the Company to be employed or perform services elsewhere;
 
(4)            any attempt, directly or indirectly, to solicit the trade or business of any current or prospective customer of the Company;
 
 
 

 
(5)           the failure or refusal to disclose promptly and to assign to the Company all right, title and interest in any invention or idea made or conceived in whole or in part by you in the course of your employment by the Company, relating to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Company, or the failure or refusal to do anything reasonably necessary to enable the Company to secure a patent or other intellectual property right;
 
(6)           participating in a hostile takeover attempt against the Company;
 
(7)           a material violation of Company policy, including, without limitation, the Company's insider trading policies; or
 
(8)           conduct related to your employment for which you have been convicted of criminal conduct or for which you have been assessed  civil penalties.
 
The purpose of this Section 3 is to ensure that the interests of the Company’s shareholders are aligned with and not competitive with or in conflict with the interests of the Company.
 
(b)           Upon exercise, payment or delivery pursuant to exercise of an Option, you agree to certify, if requested by the Company, that you are in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Section 3.
 
(c)           You may be released from your obligations under this Section 3 only if the Committee, or its authorized designee(s), determines in its discretion that to do so is in the best interests of the Company.
 
4.           Stock Option Transferability.  The Options are transferable only as specifically allowed by the Plan.
 
5.           Deferred Delivery of Stock. Prior to your exercise of an Option, you may elect to defer the delivery of the stock to which you would be otherwise be entitled following your exercise, if you timely agree in writing to the terms of the Company’s then current stock deferral election form, and if you meet and comply with the conditions and rules of the Committee then in effect with respect to such deferrals.  The conditions, rules and procedures under which you may exercise this deferral right, and the terms and provisions of the stock deferral election form, are subject to such administrative policies as the Committee may adopt from time to time, and any such policies or determinations of the Committee shall be final.

6.           Nonstatutory Stock Options.  The Options have been designated by the Committee as nonstatutory stock options; they do not qualify as incentive stock options.

7.           Taxes.  The Company is not required to issue shares of stock upon your exercise of the Options unless you first pay the amount requested by the Company to satisfy any liability it may have to withhold federal, state, or local income or other taxes relating to the exercise.

8.           Amendments.  All amendments to the Agreement shall be in writing; provided that the Agreement is subject to the power of the Board to amend the Plan as provided therein, except that no such amendment to the Plan shall adversely affect your rights under the Agreement without your consent.

9.           Notices.  Any notice to be given under the Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its stock option administrator.  Any notice to be given to you shall be addressed to you at the address listed in the Company’s records.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices.

 
 

 

10.           Securities Law Requirements. If at any time the Board determines that exercising the Options or issuing shares would violate applicable securities laws, the Options will not be exercisable, and the Company will not be required to issue shares. The Board may declare any provision of this Agreement or action of its own null and void, if it determines the provision or action fails to comply with the short-swing trading rules. As a condition to exercise, the Company may require you to make written representations it deems necessary or desirable to comply with applicable securities laws. No person who acquires shares under this Agreement may sell the shares, unless they make the offer and sale pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Exchange Act, which is current and includes the shares to be sold, or an exemption from the registration requirements of that Act.

11.           Clawback.  This Award is subject to the Company’s “clawback policy” as may be in effect at the time.
12.           Administration. The Committee and the Board administer the Plan. Your rights under this Agreement are expressly subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, including continued shareholder approval of the Plan, and to any guidelines the Committee or the Board adopts from time to time. You hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

13.           Severability.  If any part of the Agreement is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not serve to invalidate any part of the Agreement not declared to be unlawful or invalid.  Any part so declared unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which gives effect to the terms of such part to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

14.           Applicable Law.  The Agreement shall be governed by the laws (excluding the conflict of laws rules) of the State of Delaware.
 
15.           Forum Selection At all times each party hereto:  (a) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Arkansas court or Federal court sitting in Arkansas; (b) agrees that any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby will be heard and determined in such Arkansas or Federal court; (c) to the extent permitted by law, irrevocably waives (i) any objection such party may have to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in any of such courts, or (ii) any claim that such party may have that any such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum; and (d) to the extent permitted by law, irrevocably agrees that a final nonappealable judgment in any such action or proceeding will be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this section entitled “Forum Selection” will affect the right of any party hereto to serve legal process in any manner permitted by law
 
16.           Headings.  Headings are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Agreement.
 
 

 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 10.10



RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

This Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Agreement”), the accompanying Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Notice”), and the Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation (the “Plan”), constitute the agreement between Acxiom Corporation (the “Company”) and you with regard to the restricted stock units (“RSUs”) pertaining to the Company’s common stock (“Common Stock”) described in the Notice.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings set forth in the Plan.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern.
 
1.           Acceptance of Terms.  Your acceptance and retention of the award described in the accompanying Notice, as evidenced by your electronic acceptance of the Notice, shall constitute your acceptance of the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice, this Agreement, and the Plan.
 
2.           Your Rights with Respect to the RSUs.
 
(a)           Shareholder Rights.  Upon vesting, the RSUs granted pursuant to the Notice will entitle you to the all the rights of a shareholder of the Company’s Common Stock as to the amount of shares of Common Stock (“Shares”) currently vested.  You will have no shareholder rights with respect to any unvested RSU’s, and your rights with respect to the RSUs will remain forfeitable prior to the date on which such rights become vested.
 
(b)           Conversion of RSUs; Issuance of Shares.  Upon each vesting date, you will be entitled to receive, as soon as administratively practicable, 25% of the Shares in accordance with the Notice.  No Shares will be issued to you prior to the date on which the RSUs vest.
 
3.           Vesting.  Unless otherwise specified by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”), RSUs shall vest and the restrictions with respect to the RSUs shall lapse as set forth in the Notice, provided that you remain continuously employed by the Company. If your employment with the Company terminates prior to the Performance Units vesting, the Performance Units will be forfeited upon the effective date of the termination.  The provisions of this Section 3 are subject to the provisions of Section 4 below entitled “Forfeiture of Shares.”
 
4.           Forfeiture of Shares for Engaging in Certain Activities.
 
(a)           If at any time during your employment with the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, or within one year after termination of your employment you engage in any activity which competes with any activity of the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, or if you engage in any of the prohibited activities listed in subsection (b) below, then
 
(i)           any unvested RSUs granted to you shall be canceled;
 
(ii)           with respect to any Shares received by you pursuant to Section 2(b) above within the three-year period before and the three-year period after your termination date, you shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the proceeds of any sale or distribution of those Shares (the “Forfeited Shares”), or, if still held by you, the aggregate fair market value of such Forfeited Shares as of the date of vesting; and
 
(iii)           the Company shall be entitled to set off against the amount of any such Forfeited Shares any amounts owed to you by the Company.
 

 
 
 

 

(b)           The prohibited activities include:
 
(1)           accepting employment with or serving as a consultant, advisor or in any other capacity to anyone that is in competition with or acting against the interests of the Company;
 
(2)           disclosing or misusing any confidential information or material concerning the Company;
 
(3)           any attempt, directly or indirectly, to induce any associate of the Company to be employed or perform services elsewhere;
 
(4)            any attempt, directly or indirectly, to solicit the trade or business of any current or prospective customer of the Company;
 
(5)           the failure or refusal to disclose promptly and to assign to the Company all right, title and interest in any invention or idea made or conceived in whole or in part by you in the course of your employment by the Company, relating to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Company, or the failure or refusal to do anything reasonably necessary to enable the Company to secure a patent or other intellectual property right;
 
(6)           participating in a hostile takeover attempt against the Company;
 
(7)           a material violation of Company policy, including, without limitation, the Company's insider trading policies; or
 
(8)           conduct related to your employment for which you have been convicted of criminal conduct or for which you have been assessed civil penalties.
 
(c)           Upon receipt of any Shares pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Agreement, you agree to certify, if requested by the Company, that you are in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
(d)           You may be released from your obligations under this Section 4 only if the Committee, or its authorized designee(s), determines in its sole discretion that to do so is in the best interests of the Company.
 
5.           Restriction on Transfer.  RSUs may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of by you except as provided under the Plan, and any unauthorized purported sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

6.           Taxes.  In order to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that all applicable or state payroll, withholding, income or other taxes, which are your sole and absolute responsibility, are withheld or collected from you.


 
 
 

 

7.           Amendments.  All amendments to this Agreement shall be in writing; provided that this Agreement is subject to the power of the Committee and/or the Board to amend the Plan as provided therein, except that no such amendment to the Plan shall adversely affect your rights under this Agreement without your consent.

8.           Notices.  Any notice to be given under this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its restricted stock plan administrator.  Any notice to be given to you shall be addressed to you at the address listed in the Company’s records.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices.  Any notice shall have been deemed given when actually delivered.

9.           Delivery of Certificates. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company is not required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares before completing the steps necessary to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws (including any registration requirements) and applicable stock exchange rules and practices. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause compliance with those laws, rules and practices.

10.           Clawback.  This Award is subject to the Company’s “clawback policy” as may be in effect at the time.

11.           Administration. The Committee and the Board administer the Plan. Your rights under this Agreement are expressly subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, including continued shareholder approval of the Plan, and to any guidelines the Committee or the Board adopts from time to time. You hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan.

12.           Severability.  If any part of this Agreement is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not serve to invalidate any part of this Agreement not declared to be unlawful or invalid.  Any part so declared unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which gives effect to the terms of such part to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.
 
13.           Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws (excluding the conflict of laws rules) of the State of Delaware.
 
14.           Forum Selection At all times each party hereto:  (a) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Arkansas court or Federal court sitting in Arkansas; (b) agrees that any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby will be heard and determined in such Arkansas or Federal court; (c) to the extent permitted by law, irrevocably waives (i) any objection such party may have to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in any of such courts, or (ii) any claim that such party may have that any such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum; and (d) to the extent permitted by law, irrevocably agrees that a final nonappealable judgment in any such action or proceeding will be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this section entitled “Forum Selection” will affect the right of any party hereto to serve legal process in any manner permitted by law.
 
15.           Headings.  Headings are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 
 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 10.23

CONFIDENTIAL SEPARATION AGREEMENT
AND GENERAL RELEASE

This Confidential Separation Agreement and General Release (“Agreement”) is entered into this 16th day of April, 2015 between Acxiom Corporation, its successors and current and former subsidiaries, affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives, insurers, agents and assigns (“Acxiom”), and Nada Stirratt (“Associate”).

1.  
   Associate’s employment with Acxiom is severed effective March 31, 2015 (“Separation Date”), under the following terms and conditions:

a.  
Associate acknowledges that she is an “at will” employee and does not have any right to severance benefits under Acxiom’s policies or any other understanding or agreement with Acxiom that would entitle her to severance benefits related to her separation from Acxiom on the Separation Date.  However, in consideration for Associate’s execution of this Agreement, Acxiom agrees to provide the additional benefits described in Exhibit A attached to and made part of this Agreement.

b.  
In exchange for the consideration set forth in Exhibit A, Associate agrees to unconditionally release and discharge Acxiom from all claims, obligations and liabilities Associate has or may have had, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected up to and as of the date of the execution of this Agreement, arising out of or related to Associate’s employment, separation from Acxiom and any other contact or association with Acxiom. Such claims include, without limitation, those for: personal injuries; compensatory, punitive, and liquidated damages; wages, salaries, commissions, and bonuses; deductions; back pay; front pay; reinstatement; court costs; attorneys’ fees; intentional infliction of emotional distress; tort; express or implied contract; wrongful discharge; and/or for any other known or unknown causes, claims or demands which Associate has or may have had against Acxiom.  This Agreement specifically releases and discharges Acxiom from, without limitation, any and all claims Associate has or may have had against Acxiom under:

i.  
Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1866, Section 1981A of the Civil Rights Act of 1991, and Executive Order 11246, which prohibit discrimination based on race, color, national origin, religion, or sex;

ii.  
the Age Discrimination in Employment Act and Executive Order 11141, which prohibit age discrimination in employment;

iii.  
the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and Sections 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, which prohibit discrimination on account of disability;

iv.  
the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, which regulates wage and hour matters;

 
                      /s/  NCS                                   /s/   SH   
                    Associate Initials                Acxiom Initials

 
v.  
the Equal Pay Act of 1963, which prohibits paying men and women unequal pay for equal work;

vi.  
the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, which requires employers under certain circumstances to offer continued health coverage after an employee’s separation of employment;

vii.  
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act which, among other things, protects employee benefits;

viii.  
the Older Worker Benefit Protection Act;

ix.  
the Arkansas Civil Rights Act of 1993;

x.  
the Family and Medical Leave Act, which requires employers to provide leaves of absence under certain circumstances;

xi.  
the Occupational Safety and Health Act;

xii.  
state or federal common law;

xiii.  
any local, state, or federal law whatsoever; and

xiv.  
Acxiom Corporation 2010 Executive Officer Severance Policy

each as amended. Associate acknowledges that this is a knowing and voluntary waiver. Associate waives all seniority rights she may have with Acxiom, and Associate expressly waives any claim for reinstatement by Acxiom.

c.  
This waiver and release does not apply to or waive: 1) Associate’s rights to enforce this Agreement; 2) any rights Associate may have under applicable workers’ compensation or unemployment compensation statutes, or 3) any right to continuation of health care coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act.

2.  
Associate is entering into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily of her own free will and with the intent to be bound hereby, she has carefully read the Agreement, she fully understands the provisions and effect of this Agreement, she has not been forced, induced or coerced into entering into this Agreement, and Associate has the right at Associate’s cost to consult with an attorney of her own choosing prior to signing this Agreement and has done so to the extent deemed appropriate.  Associate also acknowledges that this Agreement is written in a manner calculated to be understood by her, that she does not waive any rights or claims that may arise after the date of this Agreement, and that she is waiving rights and claims in exchange for consideration in addition to anything of value to which she is already entitled.  Employee agrees this Agreement has been individually negotiated and is not part of a group exit or termination incentive program.  Associate acknowledges that she has the right to consider this Agreement for a period of twenty-one (21) days.  The parties hereby agree that changes made to this Agreement; whether material or immaterial, do not restart the running of the twenty-one (21) day review period. If Associate elects to sign this Agreement before the end of the twenty-one (21) day period, she agrees that the earlier execution of this Agreement by Associate is Associate’s voluntary choice.  Associate may revoke this Agreement at any time and for any reason for a period of seven (7) days following the execution of the Agreement.  The Agreement is not effective or enforceable until expiration of the seven (7) day period.  Further, if Associate elects to sign this Agreement, Associate must send the executed original version of this Agreement to Acxiom Corporation, ATTN: Human Resources Operations Center (HROC), PO Box 8190, Little Rock AR 72203-8190 or via electronic mail to John Yates, Director of Employment Compliance at john.yates@acxiom.com. If the executed Agreement is not received by Acxiom on or before May 15, 2015, the offer of additional benefits described in Exhibit A will expire. Associate further acknowledges and agrees that Associate is wholly responsible for ensuring that the executed Agreement is provided to Acxiom by the deadline stated herein.

 
 
                     /s/ NCS                                          /s/ SH   
                     Associate Initials                      Acxiom Initials

 
3.  
Except as set forth herein, the parties agree that, unless otherwise required by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction, the fact, contents, and the terms and conditions of, and the consideration for, this Agreement have not and shall not be discussed, disclosed, referred to or communicated by Associate to any past, present or prospective employees of Acxiom, to customers, suppliers, or vendors of Acxiom, to the public, to third parties or to any other person or entity, or in any way publicized, disclosed, distributed, discussed or disseminated to anyone or any entity.  Associate is permitted, however, to make confidential disclosure of the severance amount and terms, as required, to her tax or legal advisors, accountants or governmental taxing authorities to comply with her duty to report income for tax purposes.

4.  
In the event Associate is required by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction to discuss, disclose, refer to, or communicate the contents, terms, or conditions of, or consideration for, this Agreement, Associate agrees to timely notify Acxiom in writing and allow Acxiom a reasonable opportunity to interpose an objection.  No terms herein that are disclosed by Acxiom in a filing with the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) will be subject to the requirements of sections 3 and 4.

5.  
Associate acknowledges that Acxiom has developed, at its own expense, and will continue to develop and use, valuable technical and non-technical business and trade secrets and other confidential information, including, without limitation, information pertaining to Acxiom’s products, services, present and future development, processes or techniques, marketing strategies and related data, customer lists, vendor selection and information, sales and profits, costs and suppliers, and personnel (the “Confidential Information”).  Acxiom has protected the disclosure/release of Confidential Information to third persons and intends that such information will continue to be kept confidential.  Associate acknowledges that, during her employment with Acxiom, she had or may have had access to such Confidential Information.  Associate hereby agrees to and acknowledges a continuing obligation to preserve the confidentiality of, and not to use, confidential information.  For a period of two (2) years after the execution of this Agreement, Associate will inform prospective employers of Associate of this provision of this Agreement.  Associate agrees not to disclose and to return or has destroyed, including any copies, Acxiom’s Confidential Information:  (1) acquired by or made known to Associate during or after her Acxiom employment; or (2) to which Associate has had possession, access, or control, or right of possession, access, or control at any time.

 
/s/ NCS                                      /s/ SH
                 Associate Initials                 Acxiom Initials

 
6.  
Associate agrees and acknowledges that she has or will return all Acxiom property to Acxiom unless destruction is otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 5 herein.  The return of Acxiom property shall function as a condition precedent to any obligation to provide the benefits specified in Part B of Exhibit A, and accordingly, Acxiom is not obligated to provide any benefits to Associate until such time as it had received all Acxiom property from Associate.

7.  
Associate agrees not to knowingly make any statement or engage in any conduct which may reasonably be expected to have the effect of disparaging Acxiom to: (i) any media (broadcast print, digital, or other); or (ii) current or former customers or employees of Acxiom; or (iii) third parties.  Likewise, Acxiom agrees that its officers will not knowingly make any statement or engage in any conduct that may reasonably be expected to have the effect of disparaging Associate to:  (i) any media (broadcast print, digital, or other); or (ii) current or former customers or employees, directors, officers or agents of Acxiom; or (iii) third parties. Associate generally agrees not to make any statements intended for public dissemination without Acxiom’s express written consent. “Acxiom” includes the subsidiaries and affiliates of Acxiom Corporation.  Both parties acknowledge and agree that each other party will be irreparably harmed and that there may be no adequate remedy at law for a breach of this non-disparagement agreement.

8.  
Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing contained herein prohibits Associate from reporting possible violations of state or federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation.  Associate acknowledges that she does not need the prior authorization of Acxiom to make any such reports or disclosures, and that Associate is not required to notify Acxiom that she has made such reports or disclosures.   Associate also acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement prohibits her from filing a charge or participating in a proceeding conducted by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, although Associate does waive, release and give up the right to seek or receive any relief by or through the EEOC.  Associate is not authorized to disclose or divulge any information or material obtained under the attorney-client privilege while employed by or associated with Acxiom.

9.  
This Agreement shall not be construed as an admission by Acxiom of any wrongdoing or any violation of federal, state or local law, regulation or ordinance, and Acxiom specifically disclaims any wrongdoing or liability to Associate.  Additionally, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a policy or practice of granting benefits to current or former employees.

 
                                                                /s/ NCS                                       /s/ SH
                  Associate Initials                   Acxiom Initials

 
10.  
This Agreement shall be construed and enforced under Arkansas law, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

11.  
This Agreement was reached after good faith, arms length negotiations.  Associate acknowledges that she is not signing this Agreement in reliance on any promises; representations or inducements other than those contained in this Agreement, and is signing this Agreement free of any duress or coercion.  Associate further acknowledges that she has not assigned or transferred any right or claim she may have against Acxiom.  This Agreement is deemed to have been drafted jointly by the parties.  Any uncertainty or ambiguity shall not be construed for or against either party based on attribution of drafting.

12.  
Nothing in this Agreement or its Exhibits including the grant of any benefit hereunder is intended to or should be construed as altering or superseding any rights or obligations of the parties under the terms of any other written agreements between the parties specifically, but not limited to any associate agreement or any stock option or restricted stock unit grant agreement (including, again without limitation, the right of Acxiom to cancel stock options and/or restricted stock units and/or collect stock option gain due to engagement by the Associate in certain activities).

13.  
Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any controversy or claim between Associate and Acxiom arising out of or related to Associate’s employment with Acxiom, the termination of that employment, or this Agreement shall be resolved exclusively by final and binding arbitration before an arbitrator, in accordance with the then existing rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association, under its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The cost to Associate of the arbitration shall not exceed the amount she would incur if the matter arbitrated were instead resolved in a judicial forum.  Notwithstanding the above, in the event of an alleged breach of paragraph(s) 3, 4, and/or 5, either party shall have the right to pursue all available rights and remedies with respect to that breach in the appropriate court of law or equity.

14.  
In the event any portion of this Agreement is deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, that portion will be deemed to be omitted and the remainder of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

15.  
Associate agrees that, should Associate bring any action (in any forum) challenging the enforceability of this Agreement, Associate will immediately repay the total amount paid under Part B of Exhibit A, unless such action directly pertains to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act.  In any action to enforce this Agreement, except a claim pertaining directly to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the prevailing party’s attorneys’ fees and costs shall be paid by the non-prevailing party.

 
                                                                    /s/ NCS                                    /s/ SH
                  Associate Initials                   Acxiom Initials

 
16.  
In the event Associate is reemployed by Acxiom prior to being unemployed for a period which is at least as long as the number of weeks/months of severance as specified in the attached Exhibit A, Associate shall be required to repay Acxiom the difference between the severance amount paid less the amount determined by multiplying the number of weeks actually unemployed by the weekly base pay amount used in computing the severance payment received before returning to work.  Associate may also be required to repay all or a portion of any other sums that may be offered in Exhibit A, Part B.

17.  
This Agreement is binding on the parties and their heirs, successors, administrators, agents, executors, assigns, and representatives.



                                                                      /s/ NCS                                  /s/ SH
                    Associate Initials                    Acxiom Initials
 
 

 

THIS IS A FULL AND FINAL RELEASE.  TAKE THIS RELEASE HOME, READ IT, AND CAREFULLY CONSIDER ALL OF ITS PROVISIONS BEFORE SIGNING IT: IT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS.


ASSOCIATE:
 
ACXIOM CORPORATION:
  NADA STIRRATT     SCOTT HOWE
Name (Type or Print)
 
Name  (Type or Print)
 /s/ NCStirratt      /s/ Scott Howe
Signature
 
Signature
  XXXXXX     CEO & PRESIDENT
Associate’s Acxiom ID Number
 
Title
  4/16/15     4/16/15
Date
 
Date

                  /s/ NCS                                     /s/ SH
                 Associate Initials                   Acxiom Initials
 
 

 

Exhibit A
to
Confidential Separation Agreement and General Release

By executing this Agreement, Associate acknowledges that she is not entitled to any payment or compensation beyond that set out in this Exhibit.

A.  If the Associate does not execute the General Release, the following will be paid/made available on the Separation Date or as soon as practicable following the Separation Date:

1.  
All base pay, earned and unpaid through Separation Date;

2.  
All eligible and approved business expense reimbursements outstanding as of the Separation Date;

3.  
Ability to continue current elected medical and/or dental coverage, at Associate’s expense, in accordance with Acxiom’s COBRA policy.

B.  If the Associate does execute the General Release, the following additional benefits will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement within 45 days of the Separation Date:
 
 
1.  
  Severance benefits equal to six (6) months base pay, less applicable taxes and withholdings,   to be paid in a lump sum following the Separation Date.

2.  
 A lump sum amount equivalent to ­­­­twelve (12) months of COBRA premium cost based on Associate’s current elections, less applicable taxes and withholdings, to help offset the cost of COBRA.

3.  
An additional lump sum payment of $638,235.56, less applicable taxes and withholdings.

4.  
 An extension of the time in which Associate may exercise any vested options to purchase shares of Acxiom common stock under the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan of Acxiom Corporation until three (3) years after Associate’s Separation Date, provided that in no event shall any options be exercisable beyond the earlier of a) the end of the original exercise period; or b) the expiration of this three year period.

 
                                      /s/ NCS                                             /s/ SH
                 Associate Initials     Acxiom Initials
 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 21

 

 
Subsidiaries of the Company
 
U.S. SUBSIDIARIES
 
   Name
Incorporated In
Doing Business As
      1. Acxiom CDC, Inc.
 
Arkansas
Acxiom CDC, Inc.
      2. Acxiom CH, Inc.
 
Delaware
Acxiom CH, Inc.
      3. Acxiom Digital, Inc.
 
Delaware
Acxiom Digital, Inc.
      4. Acxiom Direct, Inc.
 
Tennessee
Acxiom Direct, Inc.
      5. Acxiom / Direct Media, Inc.
 
Arkansas
Acxiom / Direct Media, Inc.
      6. Acxiom Dutch Holdings, LLC
 
Delaware
Acxiom Dutch Holdings, LLC
      7. Acxiom Government Services, Inc.
 
Arkansas
Acxiom Government Services, Inc.
      8. Acxiom Identity Solutions, LLC
 
Colorado
Acxiom Identity Solutions, LLC
      9. Acxiom IT Outsourcing, Inc.
 
Delaware
Acxiom IT Outsourcing, Inc.
10.  Acxiom ITO Holding I, LLC
 
Delaware
Acxiom ITO Holding I, LLC
11.  Acxiom ITO Holding II, LLC
 
Delaware
Acxiom ITO Holding II, LLC
12.  LiveRamp, Inc.
 
Delaware
LiveRamp, Inc.

INTERNATIONAL SUBSIDIARIES
 
      1. ACDUHO, C.V.
 
The Netherlands
ACDUHO, C.V.
      2. Acxiom Australia Pty Ltd
 
Australia
Acxiom Australia Pty Ltd
      3. Acxiom Japan K. K.
 
Japan
Acxiom Japan K. K.



 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 23

                                                                                                
 

 
 

 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors
Acxiom Corporation:


We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements previously filed on Form S-3 and Form S-8 (Nos. 33-17115, 33-37610, 33-37609, 33-42351, 33-72310, 333-158005, 333-63633, 333-91395, 333-40114, 333-57470, 333-68620, 333-98613, 333-108900, 333-124901, 333-127743, 333-148946, 333-148708, 333-136919, 333-151333, 333-175854, 333-190906, 333-197463) of Acxiom Corporation of our reports dated May 27, 2015, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Acxiom Corporation and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended March 31, 2015, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, which reports appear in the March 31, 2015 annual report on Form 10-K of Acxiom Corporation.

KPMG LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
 
May 27, 2015
 


 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 24


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:  That the undersigned, a director or officer, or both, of Acxiom Corporation ("the Company"), acting pursuant to authorization of the Company’s Board of Directors, hereby appoints Catherine L. Hughes and Jerry C. Jones, or any one of them, attorneys-in-fact and agents for me and in my name and on my behalf, individually and as a director or officer, or both, of the Company, to sign the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2015, together with any amendments thereto, and to file the same, together with any exhibits and all other documents related thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting to said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and any act necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, duly ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of the power herein granted.

Executed as of the 20th day of May, 2015.

 
Signed: /s/ John L. Battelle
Name: JOHN L. BATTELLE, Director
 
 
 
Signed: /s/ Timothy R. Cadogan
Name: TIMOTHY R. CADOGAN, Director
 
 
 
Signed: /s/ William T. Dillard II
Name: WILLIAM T. DILLARD II, Director
 
 
 
Signed: /s/ Richard P. Fox
Name: RICHARD P. FOX, Director
 
 
 
Signed: /s/ Jerry D. Gramaglia
Name: JERRY D. GRAMAGLIA, Director
(Non-Executive Chairman of the Board)
 
 
 
Signed: /s/ Ann Die Hasselmo
Name: ANN DIE HASSELMO, Director
 
 
 
Signed: /s/ William J. Henderson
Name: WILLIAM J. HENDERSON, Director
 
 
  Signed: /s/ Scott E. Howe
Name: SCOTT E. HOWE, Director and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
(principal executive officer)
 
 
 
Signed: /s/ Clark M. Kokich
Name: CLARK M. KOKICH, Director
 

 

 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1


ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CERTIFICATION

I, Scott E. Howe, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Acxiom Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Dated:  May 27, 2015
By:
 /s/ Scott E. Howe
 
   
Scott E. Howe
Chief Executive Officer & President


.
 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 31.2

ACXIOM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CERTIFICATION

I, Warren C. Jenson, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Acxiom Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Dated:  May 27, 2015
By:
 /s/ Warren C. Jenson  
   
Warren C. Jenson
Chief Financial Officer & Executive Vice President


 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 32.1





CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


In connection with the accompanying Annual Report of Acxiom Corporation (the Company) on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Scott E. Howe, Chief Executive Officer & President of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge, that:

(1)           The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)           The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 


/s/ Scott E. Howe                                              
Scott E. Howe
Chief Executive Officer & President
May 27, 2015

 
 
 


 




 
 


 
 
EXHIBIT 32.2



CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the accompanying Annual Report of Acxiom Corporation (the Company) on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Warren C. Jenson, Chief Financial Officer & Executive Vice President of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge, that:

(1)           The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)           The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 


/s/ Warren C. Jenson                                                                   
Warren C. Jenson
Chief Financial Officer & Executive Vice President
May 27, 2015

 
 
 


 

Acxiom (NASDAQ:ACXM)
Historical Stock Chart
From Mar 2024 to Apr 2024 Click Here for more Acxiom Charts.
Acxiom (NASDAQ:ACXM)
Historical Stock Chart
From Apr 2023 to Apr 2024 Click Here for more Acxiom Charts.